Tucker Rauthe

twenty-twenty one

Tucker Rauthe UNIVERSAL ATHLETIC

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

trauthe@universalathletic.com

ABOUT

The Multiplier Effect

It’s the combination of inspiration, grit, commitment, coaching, training, tools, and care that raise physical performance to a higher power. At Square Root Brands™, impacting the multiplier effect is at our core. We collaborate with researchers, product designers, and manufacturers to develop and market innovative technologies and products for strength, conditioning, rehabilitation and recovery.

We want to hear what you’re looking for to serve your clients and patients better; what products you just can’t find but seriously need, or wish existed. Let’s put the Square Root Brands multiplier effect into action to revolutionize the tools you use to help your clients reach their physical objectives.

Strong Body—Strong Mind

Our mission is to create products that help others achieve physical fitness—at every stage of physical health—and experience the life-affirming power of moving with ease and confidence through life. For the professional athlete to the person recovering from trauma, Square Root Brands exists to enable physical movement that leads to healing, optimal performance, self-confidence, and the ability to make positive strides in life.

Innovation First

Square Root Brands is a founding member of The Innovation Council™, a collaboration to create, design, and manufacture products for the strength, conditioning and rehabilitative marketplace.

T.I.C. leverages the expertise and resources at select companies and universities to create products that contribute to, what we call, the multiplier effect—the combination of inspiration, grit, commitment, coaching, training, tools, and care that raise physical performance to a higher power.

Our fail fast, fail cheap approach manages risk while focusing on the potential for commercialization.

T I M M CCO R RY FOUNDER

Tim is an entrepreneur and inventor driven by the passion to forge collaborative relationships with industry researchers, brands, and his customers to bring innovative products to the strength, conditioning, rehabilitation and recovery marketplace. His core belief is that a strong body leads to a strong mind. This foundational principle drives all that Square Root Brands is and offers to provide you with the tools and technologies to help professional athletes and weekend warriors alike increase their physical performance.

VISIT SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM TO LEARN MORE ABOUT OUR P R O D U C T S , P A R T N E R S H I P S , A N D O U R P H I L O S O P H Y.

Get Connected

SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM INFO@SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

twenty-twenty one

TA B L E O F CO NT E NTS

4

STRENGTH & CON D I TI ON I N G

Ardent Fitness

5-14

Escape Fitness Functional

15-29

Studio

86-95

Athletic

30-36

Flexibility

96-101

Strength

37-52

Flooring

102-106

Training

53-85

107

REHABILITAT I ON & RECOVERY

136

FACILITY SUP P LI ES

Hyperice

Zogics

3 twenty-twenty

one

107-135

136-145

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

FA C I L I T Y SUPPLIES STRENGTH & CONDITIONING

R E H A B I L I TAT I O N & RECOVERY

Strength & Conditioning

SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM INFO@SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

CARDIO EQUIPMENT Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

Discover the best inEQUIPMENT cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon, CARDIO

Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber and more for your home gym, workplace or corporate wellness center or fitness facility.

Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

Discover the best in cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon, Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber and more for your home gym, workplace or corporate

INDOOR BIKES

RECUMBENT BIKES

TREADMILLS

CLIMBERS

wellness center or fitness facility.

ROWERS

CONSOLES

INDOOR BIKES ELLIPTICALS

RECUMBENT BIKES ACCESSORIES

TREADMILLS STAIRMASTER

CLIMBERS

ROWERS

CONSOLES

ELLIPTICALS

ACCESSORIES

STAIRMASTER FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

STAR TRAC 10TRXSTAR Freerunner™ Treadmill TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

HYDROW The Hydrow Rower HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-7s ECHELON

SCHWINN AC Performance Indoor Bike SCHWINN

STAIRMASTER Stairmaster 10G Climber STAIRMASTER

Connect Bike EX-7s

AC Performance Indoor Bike

Stairmaster 10G Climber

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

5

STRENGTH TRAINING Whether you’re looking for benches, free weights, racks, kettlebells or more, you’ll find all you need for strength training in both residential and commercial settings with Ardent Fitness. We offer the best brands in strength training equipment, including Bodycraft, Hoist Fitness, Nautilus, SPRI, TKO and more.

SELECTORIZED STRENGTH

KETTLEBELLS

RACKS & CAGES

MEDICINE BALLS

BENCHES

BODYWEIGHT TRAINING

BARS & PLATES

RESISTANCE TRAINING

DUMBBELLS

SUSPENSION TRAINING

FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

TUFFSTUFF Evolution Corner Dual Stack Multi-Functional Trainer

6

TKO 10-Sided Rubber Dumbbells

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

BODYCRAFT Jones Club

NAUTILUS One™ Series

HOIST 7 Position FID Olympic STAR TRAC Bench 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

ATHLETIC TRAINING Our full line of athletic training equipment will give you or your clientele the edge they’re looking for. Shop Ardent Fitness today and you’ll find sports simulators, agility training equipment, CARDIO EQUIPMENT

speed training, cross training gear, plyo equipment, steps and risers, and more. All backed by experienced advisors to get you or your facility the right equipment to meet your goals.

Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

Discover the best in cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon, Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber and more for your home gym, workplace or corporate SPEED TRAINING wellness centerTRAINING or fitness facility.

AGILITY

CROSS TRAINING INDOOR BIKES

RECUMBENT BIKES

TREADMILLS

CLIMBERS

ROWERS

CONSOLES

ELLIPTICALS

ACCESSORIES

STAIRMASTER FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

TRX TRX Pro4

STAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

SPRI Premium Covered Training Rope HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

PRISM FITNESS Foam Plyo Boxes

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-7s

SPRI Roll Out Ladder 15ft

SCHWINN AC Performance Indoor Bike

SPRI Speed Jump Rope

STAIRMASTER Stairmaster 10G Climber

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

7

VIBRATION TRAINING Offering the best vibration training products like MOVE, Personal Power Plate, FitStop and more, you’ll find the latest and greatest vibration training equipment. Whether you’re looking for improved rest and recovery rates, better cardiac function or a unique training function, our vibration trainers will meet your needs.

FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

POWER PLATE Power Plate MOVE

8

POWER PLATE Power Plate pro7 Vibration Trainer

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

POWER PLATE Power Plate my7 Vibration Trainer

POWER PLATE Power Plate FitStop

POWER PLATE Personal Power Plate

STAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

INTERACTIVE TRAINING Break new ground in your fitness routine with innovative interactive training equipment.

On-demand fitness routines, expert trainers and more are at your disposal. Get connected CARDIO EQUIPMENT

with fitness equipment that brings the studio right to you. Explore a variety of workouts and shop interactive recumbent bikes, training bikes, rowers and more at Ardent Fitness.

Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

Discover the best in cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon, Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber ECHELON CONNECT BIKESand more for your home gym, workplace or corporate wellness center orROWERS fitness facility.

ECHELON

ECHELON REFLECT HYDROW INDOOR BIKES

RECUMBENT BIKES

EXPRESSO BIKES TREADMILLS

CLIMBERS

ROWERS

CONSOLES

ELLIPTICALS

ACCESSORIES

STAIRMASTER FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-5s

STAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

ECHELON Row-s with 22” Touchscreen HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

ECHELON Reflect 50" Touchscreen

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-7s

HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

SCHWINN AC Performance Indoor Bike

EXPRESSO Go Recumbent Bike

STAIRMASTER Stairmaster 10G Climber

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

9

STUDIO & BARRE Tone up with studio and barre equipment that will bring flexibility and balance to exercisers of all fitness levels, from yoga mats to stability balls and ballet barres to mirrors and flooring, and more.

STABILITY BALLS STUDIO ACCESSORIES YOGA MATS FLOORING & MIRRORS BALLET BARRES

FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

SPRI Elite Xercise Ball

10

SPRI Exercise Mat

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

SPRI Sponge Ball

LITEMIRROR Studio Mirrors

ALVAS BARRE Ballet Barres

STAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

FLOORING Whether it’s a brand new buildout or an upgrade to an existing space, we have the flooring

solution for your facility.

We offer Rolled Rubber Flooring, which provides wall-to-wall coverage CARDIO EQUIPMENT

for seamless movement and aesthetics. Interlocking Tiles are durable and economical; available in corner, center, and border pieces. UltraTiles offer excellent sound dampening and shock

Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

absorption for all fitness surfaces.

Discover the best in cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon, Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber and more for your home gym, workplace or corporate wellness center or fitness facility.

INTERLOCKING TILES

ROLLED RUBBER FLOORING TILE BIKES FLOORING INDOOR

RECUMBENT BIKES

LUXURY FLOORING TREADMILLS

CLIMBERS

ROWERS

CONSOLES

ELLIPTICALS

ACCESSORIES

STAIRMASTER FEATURED PRODUCTS FEATURED PRODUCTS

ECORE Elevate Bounce STAR TRAC2 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

ECORE Everlast UltraTile HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-7s

ECORE EverlastSCHWINN Interlocking Tiles, 8mm AC Performance Indoor Bike

ECORE Everlast Basic Rolls, 8mm STAIRMASTER Stairmaster 10G Climber

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

11

RECOVERY & MOBILITY The workout isn’t over after the last barbell is put away, or the last machine wiped down. Focus on stretching and muscle recovery to prevent knots, strains, and injuries with the best recovery workout equipment from Ardent Fitness. Shop foam rollers, stability balls, resistance bands & more for your home, gym or fitness center.

EXERCISE BANDS FOAM ROLLERS MASSAGE EQUIPMENT STABILITY BALLS TARGETED VIBRATION

FEATURED PRODUCTS FEATURED PRODUCTS

PRISM FITNESS Smart Deluxe Self-Guided Commercial Package

12

POWER PLATE Power Plate Roller

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

TOTAL GYM Recovery Series

SPRI Original Xertube

SPRI Flat Band KitSTAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

FITNESS ACCESSORIES Keep your fitness facility fully stocked and functional with our premiere selection of fitness accessories, from stability balls to exercise and equipment mats, plyo boxes and more. Discover CARDIO EQUIPMENT essential gym supplies from Ardent Fitness to offer your fitness facility more organized and

efficient training sessions, or augment your home fitness space with our fitness accessories.

Equip any space with the finest in cardio equipment, from treadmills to rowers and beyond.

Discover the best in cardio equipment from renowned manufacturers such as Echelon,

EXERCISE BANDS

Schwinn, Stairmaster, Versaclimber and more for your home gym, workplace or corporate

EXERCISE MATS

wellness center or fitness facility.

EQUIPMENT MATS JUMP ROPES INDOOR BIKES

RECUMBENT BIKES

TREADMILLS

CLIMBERS

ROWERS

CONSOLES

ELLIPTICALS

ACCESSORIES

STORAGE & RACKS

STAIRMASTER FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

PRISM FITNESS Smart Core Strength Training STAR TRAC Bundle

10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

SUPERMATS TreadmillMat

HYDROW The Hydrow Rower

PRISM FITNESS Smart Guard Sleeve Tubing

ECHELON Connect Bike EX-7s

TKO 10 Pair Vertical Dumbbell Rack

SCHWINN AC Performance Indoor Bike

TKO 3-Tier Horizontal Mega Rack

STAIRMASTER Stairmaster 10G Climber

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

13

FACILITY OUTFITTING Start your facility buildout, renovation, or upgrade with Ardent Fitness. From flooring to lockers, mirrors and more, our team of experts is here to simplify your project with full product selection, design and layout, and quoting.

AIR PURIFICATION FLOORING LOCKERS MIRRORS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

FEATURED PRODUCTS

BETTERAIR Biotica800 Probiotic Surface & Air Cleaner

14

BETTERAIR Biotica1200 Probiotic Surface & Air Cleaner

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ECORE Rubber Flooring

LITEMIRROR Mirrors

LOCKERS Custom Locker Layouts

STAR TRAC 10TRX Freerunner™ Treadmill

FUNCTIONAL.

FUNCTIONAL. Working in multiple planes of motion strengthens and conditions the whole body, from knees and ankles to shoulders and hips. The Escape range of functional training equipment provides the ideal starting point for this style of training, but also offers a more of a challenging workout for those really who need it.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the partnership of its kind – introducing one to Escape programming, giving s, boutiques and studios of all sizes an vative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ing programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their ormance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with stry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market e and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

TIYR SPORT TIYR GRIPR WOD RINGS VIPR PRO TRAINING BAGS BULGARIAN BAGS MEDICINE BALLS REACTION PRO BOUNDER RACK5 CMT

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

15

TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

TIYR SPORT. Building on the popularity of the original TIYR, the smaller TIYR Sport allows you to enhance any functional training workout with exercise variety and experience through accessibility.

It’s a striking training tool in any fitness space.

OUTSIDE DIAMETER 26.3"

INNER GRIP AREA to aid grabbing and lifting.

CLEANGARD LACQUERED PVC TOP AND SIDE are tactile and easy to clean.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

INSIDE DIAMETER 16.7"

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, ANTI-SLIP to gamification and much more.

BOTTOM

CORDURA HANDLES Durable external grip handles for safety, lifting and flipping exercises.

AND INNER enhances stability, grip and safety.

MADE IN

REGISTERED DESIGN. PATENTED.

BRITAIN

TECH SPEC. Topped with a lacquered PVC, it’s easy to clean and benefits from an anti-slip inner and bottom for safety and ease of use. Eco friendly, the TIYR Sport is made from recycled foam composite and the whole thing is recyclable.

EXPERT TIP. Reengage members with exciting workout and program TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. opportunities. WHY Be creative!

Allow two people to work simultaneously – or combine with like powerand bands, straps The other journeyequipment to increased revenue Theand riseaof the niche-interest experiences battle rope – for dynamic challenging retention canand be so much moreexercises. than just proves that people's taste for fitness has a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, TRAINING. exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's Appealing to different members levels drawing on decadesatofdifferent knowledge for of fitness, whyit’s small studios are doing so well and why ideal for HIIT, strength and flexibility for groups or individuals – exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their also a proven training boxing and kick boxing. businesstool andfor bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group TIYRSP10 10 kg / 22 lbs TIYR Sport can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members.

PLEASE NOTE: The TIYR Sport is made to order, please contact keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with your sales representative for details. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement SPECIFICATIONS. out of the box, from small group training to that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

Size: OD: 26.3"revolution ID: 16.7" H: 6.9".

16

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

1

2

3

4

5

6

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

®

The TIYR is soft yet very strong, simple but innovative. It’s also super tough, just like the real thing. The TIYR is a challenge for all users regardless of their ability, thanks to four weight and size options.

90 lbs OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 34" INSIDE DIAMETER: 16"

MADE IN

EUROPE

HEIGHT: 10"

130 lbs OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 41" INSIDE DIAMETER: 20" HEIGHT: 12"

REGISTERED DESIGN.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in PRODUCT gym, adding an element of gamification.TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your mbining wearable digital technology with online product ustry leading programming and the ability training workshop, visit:

esign workouts according to trends or squarerootbrands.com sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

175 lbs OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 47"

PATENTED.

TECH SPEC. The handles on the TIYR are used for lifting and carrying, and as attachment points for Battle Ropes. They need to be ultra-tough, which is why on the new, upgraded TIYR they are made from CORDURA® – a supremely tough fabric that has proved its ability to resist abrasion, tears and scuffs in everything from hiking boots to military equipment.

EXPERT TIP. This TIYR is unlike anything else on the market. Use it for bootcamps, PT sessions and to introduce strength training to a range of clients. Four weight options means all your members can get involved with the challenge.

TRAINING. The TIYR product training workshop will ensure that coaches and trainers know how to introduce members to the TIYR safely and effectively.

TIYR01 TIYR02 TIYR03 TIYR04

40 kg / 90 lbs 60 kg / 130 lbs 80 kg / 175 lbs 100 kg / 220 lbs

INSIDE DIAMETER: 24" HEIGHT: 15"

220 lbs OUTSIDE DIAMETER: 47" INSIDE DIAMETER: 24"

TIYR – Green with Handles TIYR – Blue with Handles TIYR – Red with Handles TIYR – Black with Handles

HEIGHT: 15"

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

17

FUNCTIONAL.

TRAINING.

PRESS, JUMP, FLIP, LIFT AND PULL.

THE TIYR.

GRIPR.

® TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

The GRIPR is made to withstand the toughest of treatment by using micro-grade steel sand within a fully-sealed, double-stitched neoprene bag, so the steel sand won’t leak. This means that it’s perfect for dynamic exercises and can fit into the toughest of training routines.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymREGISTERED goers. That’s why we have an extensive DESIGN. range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts EXPERT TIP. knowledge about all things fitness, starting at The GRIPR trains deep core muscles while adding an exciting and the programming and delivering group training unpredictable element to workouts. Swing it, grab it, flip it and pass experience, toversatility gamification and much more. it – the GRIPR delivers fantastic in a compact package.

STORAGE. Training tools like the GRIPR need a home when not in use, and there’s nothing better than the Ammo Box. There’s lots of capacity to store away plenty of GRIPRs, along with other smaller items that always present a storage challenge and can lead to untidy gyms. See page 226 for details.

TRAINING. The GRIPR product training workshop introduces the GRIPR, and includes key exercises and workouts to make the most of the GRIPR’s unique characteristics.

GRIPR202 GRIPR204 GRIPR206 GRIPR208 GRIPR210 GRIPR212 GRIPR214 GRIPR216 GRIPR218 GRIPR220 AMB001

18

2 kg / 4.4 lbs GRIPR – Green WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

4 kg / 8.8 lbs GRIPR – Blue The to increased 6 kgjourney / 13.2 lbs GRIPRrevenue – Red and retention can be so much more than just 8 kg / 17.6 lbs GRIPR – Gray a numbers game. Escape provides an 10 kg / 22 lbs GRIPR – White exhaustive experience in every respect, 12 kg / 26.5 lbs GRIPR – Green for drawing on decades of knowledge 14 kg / 30.9 lbs that GRIPR – Blue exciting workouts bring big benefits to 16 kg / 35.3 GRIPR business andlbs bodies alike.– Red 18 kg / 39.7 lbs GRIPR – Gray Our team of Master Trainers experience this 20 kg / 44and lbs discover GRIPR – White first-hand ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to Ammo Box Storage keep clients coming back for more. Join us Holds 4 of each GRIPR in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 23.5" x 24" x 33" and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

1

2

3

4

5

6

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research,

practical knowledge and real experience PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE.

paramountand to the way weyour create our For more are information to order courses.

This isworkshop, why we create the very best online product training visit: course content and support that allows you escape.training to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TM FUNCTIONAL.

TRAINING.

VIPR PRO.

Designed for superior comfort, functionality and durability, the new ViPR Pro combines a professional look with features to maximize the user’s experience based on seven years of feedback and testing.

WOD RINGS. The perfect addition to any Escape frame, these gymnastic rings offer a range of exercises from beginner to expert that improves flexibility and strengthens the whole body.

2

3

5

6

TECH SPEC. Low cost and easy to install, this classic design has been updated with a unique numbered anchor system in the nylon straps for ease of reference. The moulded ABS rings have been textured for improved grip and comfort.

STORAGE. The WOD Rings’ small footprint makes for simple and efficient storage. Whether fixed to the ceiling or a training frame, you can leaveinthem ve joined forces with Myzone the in place safely without intrusion on other activity.

TECH SPEC. The textured surface allows a much stronger hold, including pinch grip training courtesy of the flared ends, during dynamic movements.

STORAGE. A small footprint and ease of stacking makes storage options for the ViPR PRO varied and practical.

TRAINING. Combining movement, fitness and strength training for agility and dynamic strength, it's ideal for weight management, muscle definition, improved functionality in daily life and enhanced performance.

YZONE.

t partnership of its kind – introducing TRAINING. zone to Escape programming, giving Easy to introduce – the WOD Rings can be used for suspension bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an training and a range of gymnastic exercises that challenge any level ovative and engaging class. Introducing of fitness ability. This is a fundamental training tool that every club heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our should have. ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in WODRING1 WOD Ring pair gym, adding an element of gamification.

SPECIFICATIONS. mbining wearable digital technology with Size: 78.7” x 9.25” Ring: 9.25” (OD), 1.1” (DIA) ustry leading programming andOverall: the ability Strap: 78.7”or(L) x 1.5” (W) x 0.05” (D) esign workouts according to trends sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

INDIVIDUAL VIPR PROs. VIPRP04 4kg ViPR PRO Small – Yellow VIPRP06 6kg ViPR PRO Small – Gray VIPRP08 8kg ViPR PRO Small – Orange VIPRP10 10kg ViPR PRO Medium – Green VIPRP12 12kg ViPR PRO Medium – Blue VIPRP16 16kg ViPR PRO Medium – Red VIPRP20 20kg ViPR PRO Large – Black ESC18RACKS Training Bar Rack Silver – Holds 8 ViPR PROs RACK SPECIFICATIONS. Size 1133mm x 715mm x 1180mm. Weight 38kg.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

19

SANDBAG.

COREBAG.

Lift, carry, throw and slam – the instability in this bag makes it a functional challenge for any user.

The Escape Sandbag is an incredibly versatile piece of equipment that delivers a full functional training experience. It is perfect for introducing lifting technique training and is ideal for small group training.

This fitness space staple makes functional training even more accessible for beginners or veterans alike. Deadlift, pull, press, swing and perform many other movements in comfort through great ergonomics and practical weight progression.

® TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymPRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. goers. and That’s whyyour we have an extensive For more information to order ofworkshop, training experiences, both in digital online productrange training visit: escape.training and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at TECH SPEC. the programming and delivering group training Our extra-tough, durable Sandbags feature double-stitched, experience, to gamification and much more.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

EXPERT TIP. Use the Corebag to introduce clients or members to compound lifts and strength training. Teach them the technique with a functional tool where they can progress through weights. The Corebag is also ideal for lunges, squats and presses in a functional circuit.

reinforced grab handles, which allow the bag to be lifted, thrown and caught with one or two hands.

STORAGE. The RACK5 (pictured) can store up to 10 Sandbags, and keeps them safe and tidy. Alternatively, the Multi Bag Rack holds five Sandbags.

STORAGE. The RACK5 can store up to 10 Corebags, and keeps them safe and tidy. Alternatively, the Multi Bag Rack (pictured) holds five Corebags.

TRAINING. The Sandbag product training workshop will provide your personal trainers and instructors with the knowledge they need to effectively apply the Sandbag to PT sessions and group training classes.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. 10 kg / 22 lbs Sandbagrevenue – Greenand The journey to increased 15 kg / 33 lbsbe Sandbag – Blue retention can so much more than just kg / 44 game. lbs Sandbag – Red an a20 numbers Escape provides exhaustive in every respect, 30 kg / 66 experience lbs Sandbag – Gray drawing on lbs decades of knowledge 40 kg / 88 Sandbag – Black for exciting workouts bring big benefits to Multi Bag Rack –that Holds 5 Bags business and bodies alike.

RACK5 – Holds 10 Bags Our team of Master Trainers experience this RACK SPECIFICATIONS. first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order PAMBR05V2: Size 61¾" x 24½" x 27½".

Weight 41 lbs.to keep clients back for more.

RACK5: Size 73" x 23½" x coming 27½". Weight 165 lbs. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration Bags sold separately. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

SBAG10V2 SBAG15V2 SBAG20V2 SBAG30V2 SBAG40V2 PAMBR05V2 RACK5

20

TRAINING. The Corebag product training workshop will provide your personal trainers and instructors with the knowledge they need to use the bag with members and clients. It will give them the opportunity to learn more about the exercises possible with the Corebag, and how to introduce them to members.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

REGISTERED DESIGN.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

ECB050V3 5 kg / 11 lbsis essential Corebag GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified for – Green ECB100V3 10 kg / 22 lbs aiming Corebag Blue client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers for –the of exercise videos and instructional text highest 15 level member ECB150V3 kgof/ 33 lbs experience.

Corebag – Red for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed ECB200V3 20 kg / 44 lbs Corebag – Gray Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the/ how and why behind– Black ECB250V3 25 kg 55 lbs Corebag annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to Bag workRack with –any member.

PAMBR05V2 Multi Holds 5 Bags (as shown) so you can stay up to date with new in-depth research, RACK5 The importance RACK5 –ofHolds 10 Bags products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our RACK SPECIFICATIONS. courses.

This is why we create theWeight very best PAMBR05V2: Size 61¾" x 24½" x 27½".

41 lbs.to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you RACK5: Size 73" x 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

Corebags sold separately.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FUNCTIONAL.

TRAINING.

FITNESS BULGARIAN BAG.

®

Bright colors, a range of weight options and a huge selection of different applications – the Fitness Bulgarian Bag should feature in every serious functional training zone.

MADE IN

EUROPE

TECH SPEC. The Fitness Bulgarian Bag has a synthetic leather coating, making it easy to wipe down and keep clean. The handles, grips and straps mean the bag can be used for a range of different exercises.

STORAGE. The ultimate solution for the Bulgarian Bag is the RACK5, which can hold 10 Fitness Bulgarian Bags. Alternatively, the corner storage unit not only keeps your equipment safe but makes your gym space work harder.

2

5

TRAINING. The Bulgarian Bag product training workshop is an essential choice for3 any instructor wanting to become an expert with the Bulgarian Bag. Learn the fundamental movements, how to apply these to workouts, and how to use and introduce the Bulgarian Bag to clients 6safely.

FVBBAG5V3 5 kg / 11 lbs Fitness Bulgarian Bag – Green FVBBAG8V3 8 kg / 17 lbs Fitness Bulgarian Bag – Blue FVBBAG12V3 12 kg / 26 lbs Fitness Bulgarian Bag – Red ve joined forces with Myzone in the FVBBAG17V3 17 kg / 37 lbs Fitness Bulgarian Bag – Gray t partnership of its kind – introducing FVBBAG22V3 22 kg / 50 lbs Fitness Bulgarian Bag – Black zone to Escape programming, giving

YZONE.

bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an PAMBR05V2 Multi Bag Rack – Holds 5 Bags ovative and engaging class. Introducing RACK5 RACK5 – Holds 10 Bags heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our LLAS4 Octagon corner storage ning programs means members get ant, color-coded on their RACKfeedback SPECIFICATIONS. formance via their phone or a screen in PAMBR05V2: Size 61¾" x 24½" x 27½". Weight 41 lbs. gym, adding an element of gamification.

RACK5: Size 73" x 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs. mbining wearable digital technology with LLAS4: Size 22" x 70" x 58". Weight 209 lbs. ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to sold trends or Bulgarian Bags separately. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

21

TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

MEDICINE BALLS.

HOW TO CHOOSE.

Anyone who has fully embraced functional fitness knows that the medicine ball is a fantastic component of functional training programs. Escape has developed a range of balls with various features and styles to make sure that every gym user can get the most from everything that medballs have to offer. There are different sizes, weights and textures across the range – and specialist features such as the VERTMINI’s compact size and the Double Grip Medball’s integrated handles.

01

VERTBALLTM .

02

The oversized design encourages users to adopt the correct posture when performing high-powered, high-velocity workouts.

The VERTBALL is made from a colorful, forgiving material that is easy to wipe down and keep clean. The filling is made from rubber chips that ensure this ball won’t deform over time, while the softer outer offers shock absorption. Different colors determine the VERTBALL weights.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

VERTMINITM .

The VERTMINI has many of the stand-out qualities of the VERTBALL, but in a more compact form. With five balls in the range they're perfect for one-handed use in throwing and passing drills.

Whether in teams or partner-based workouts, they are great for developing hand-eye coordination and can bring a real element of fun to workouts. Different colors determine the VERTMINI weights.

Experience is everything, and Escape COMPARISON CHART. understands that we all work better together,

sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive FEATURES. VERTBALL. VERTMINI. ENDURA BALL. range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts Team games, knowledge about all things fitness, starting at Personal mobility and Cross training, USE the programming and delivering group trainingtraining, general PT zones functional use spaces experience, to gamification and much more.

WEIGHTS

DIAMETER

6.6 lbs - Green 8.8 lbs - Blue 11 lbs - Red 13.2 lbs - Gray 15.4 lbs - Black 17.6 lbs - Green 19.8 lbs - Blue 22 lbs - Red

14"

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

2.2 lbs - Green 4.4 lbs - Blue 6.6 lbs - Red 8.8 lbs - Gray 11 lbs - Black

2.2-11 lbs: 8" 13.2-22 lbs: 10"

4-20 lbs in 2 lb increments 25-30 lbs in 5 lb increments

4-30: 14"

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

MEDBALL.

DOUBLE GRIP.

SLAMBALL.

General PT and functional training where grip is key

Functional zones, cross training, sports performance

Functional zones, cross training, sports performance

2 lbs 4 lbs 6 lbs 8 lbs 10 lbs

9½"

12 lbs 14 lbs 16 lbs 18 lbs 20 lbs

9"

11 lbs - Green 22 lbs - Blue 33 lbs - Red 44 lbs - Gray

9"

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

With our varied industry and evolving The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences exercise trends, it’s more important than retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has ever to ensure your clients/members get the a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. a growing demand for fun, Sure-grip, soft There'sAbrasion Oversized Versatility Extra tough Extraand tough training experience the exhaustive experience in everyto respect, surfacefast group usually in a HIIT style.

It's tomost engaging ideal for training, resistant extra design FEATURE ergonomic toessential absorb real very best results.

Education is – drawing on decadescorrect of knowledge whyand small studios doing so wellsuit andany whyfitness gripare textured posturalfor throwing space upskill with Escape. handle punishment exciting workouts that bring big benefits to rolling established clubs surface often need to revisit their alignment business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival This system of training supports PTs within of the fittest. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group can innovate on what they training experiences to their members. 1 year WARRANTY 1 learn year in order to 1 year 1 year keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

22

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such1as boot camps. The1tools year year provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

03

ENDURA BALL.

A training tool to offer full-body fitness for members, the hard-wearing ENDURA range is Escape’s toughest medball.

The abrasion resistant, hand-stitched coating can withstand any workout. Weights ranging from 4lbs to 30lbs means these medicine balls are perfect for speed, strength and circuits.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

04

MEDBALL.

This back to basics ball offers great usability with a clean and classic design, suitable for any fitness space. The medicine ball is a workout staple for any type of training, whether alone, with a PT or in a group setting. Dual weight indicators on this range make them easily identifiable for any ability.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the first partnership of its kind – introducing TM giving of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

Myzone to Escape programming, 05 06 for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an iPad Pro onguess an to give you the how and whycomfort behind for membersAccessible innovative andSlamball engaging class.users Introducing you can from the name, the invites Ergonomic excellence brings thanks to athrough the As annual subscription, thetoapp is automatically training methods, so that gain the the and heartpowerful rate tracker, Myzone, into our perform explosive slams throws.

Extra-tough classic medball design withtrainers added practicality.

The handles of updated with the latest construction Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. training programs means members get means it takes some real punishment, while the these double grip medballs offer extra variety to core workouts so you can stay up to date with new color-coded feedback their dimpled surface is easy instant, to grip. Just as important is anon unstable and more, unlocking further possibilities The importance of in-depth research, to improve grip or products and training methods. performance via their phone orperforming a screen in interior material that forces users to work harder when forearm strength and adding stability to many other exercises. practical knowledge and real experience gym,roll adding an element of gamification. slams.

It’s safefitness too, as it the doesn’t or bounce.

Eye-catching The Escape Your Limits App brings are paramount to the way we create our Combining wearable digital numbers determine the weight of each ball. technology with to your phone. Whethercolored you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

DOUBLE GRIP.

SLAMBALL SBX

.

TRAINING.

VERTBALL.

TM FUNCTIONAL.

The VERTBALL has been specifically designed for throwing – to a partner or against a wall. Because it’s oversized (with a diameter of 14") it works muscles from the feet right up to the hands, and develops coordination, balance, acceleration and deceleration.

EXPERT TIP. Use the VERTBALL in challenges against the clock. Introduce members to a CrossFit-style of training, inspired by the WOD. The wall ball exercise will develop members' shoulder, core, leg and glute strength, and give them a true challenge.

STORAGE. Store up to five VERTBALLs on the RACK5 to give your instructors and members quick access to equipment whenever they need it.

The VERTBALL Rack (pictured) holds four VERTBALLs. TRAINING. The Power Training with Medicine Balls product training workshop provides in-depth detail about the VERTBALL and how to apply it to workouts. The workshop provides instructors and personal trainers with advanced medicine ball information.

2

3

5

6

VERT03 3 kg / 6.6 lbs VERTBALL – Green VERT04 4 kg / 8.8 lbs VERTBALL – Blue VERT05 5 kg / 11 lbs VERTBALL – Red VERT06in the 6 kg / 13.2 lbs VERTBALL – Gray ve joined forces with Myzone VERT07 t partnership of its kind – introducing 7 kg / 15.4 lbs VERTBALL – Black zone to Escape programming, VERT08giving 8 kg / 17.6 lbs VERTBALL – Green bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an VERT09 9 kg / 19.8 lbs VERTBALL – Blue ovative and engaging class.

Introducing VERT10 10 kg / 22 lbs VERTBALL – Red heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs meansESCVBRACK members get Ball Rack Silver – Holds 4 balls (as shown) ant, color-coded feedback on their RACK5 RACK5 – Holds 5 balls (see page 224) formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. mbining wearable digital technology ES C VBRACK:with Size 57” 57" x 12 ½ " xx 224.5”.

4 ½". WWeight e i g h t 443 3l ESCVBRACK: Size RA C K5: Size 73" xx 212.5” 3 ½ " x 2 7 ½". W e i g h t 165lbs. ustry leading programming and the ability RACK5: Size 73” x 23.5” x 27.5”. Weight 165 lbs. bs . esign workouts according lb s. to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement. VERTBALLs sold separately.

YZONE.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

23

TOTAL GRIP MEDBALL.

TM

The VERTMINI is now more versatile than ever, with five extra weights added to the range. It’s the ideal tool for getting into medball workouts, with compact sizes that make it perfect for partner exercises and mobility workouts. As well as its smaller size, an outer surface that’s softer than your average medball means that users of all abilities will quickly feel confident with the VERTMINI.

TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

VERTMINI.

A functional training classic. Medballs add weight to movement, and can help towards power development. The Escape Total Grip Medballs are bright and vibrant to get everyone involved.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive EXPERT TIP. range of training experiences, both in digital The VERTMINI is perfect in team games to get members running and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts and to inject fun into group training sessions. The sure-grip surface knowledge alldrills things fitness, starting at means that throwing andabout catching can be performed safely with maximumthe precision. programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

STORAGE.

REGISTERED DESIGN.

DESIGN. Oversized numbering allows for fast weight identification and the textured rubber surface offers improved grip. The hollow interior means these balls can safely be dropped or bounced against walls.

STORAGE. The RACK5 can store up to 20 Total Grip Medballs, and provides adjustable storage so you can organize it to fit your unique storage needs. The Medball Rack (pictured) holds five Total Grip Medballs.

Store the VERTMINI on the RACK5 (pictured). It can hold up to 20 VERTMINIs and keep them safe, tidy and easily accessible for both members and instructors. Alternatively, the Medicine Ball Racks hold five to 10 VERTMINIs. TRAINING. The Power Training with Medicine Balls product training workshop provides personal trainers and group instructors with the knowledge they need to apply medicine balls to exercises to develop power in the whole body.

EVM01 1 kg / 2.2 lbs VERTMINI – Green EVM02 2 kg / 4.4 lbs VERTMINI – Blue EVM03 WHY3 TRAIN kg / 6.6 lbs VERTMINI – Red WITH ESCAPE. EVM04 4 kg / 8.8 lbs VERTMINI – Grey The journey to increased revenue and EVM05 5 kg / 11 lbs VERTMINI – Black retention can be so much more than just a numbers game.

Escape PAMBR05V2 Medicine Ball Rack provides – Holds 5anballs exhaustive experience in every respect, PAMBR10V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 10 balls drawing on decades of knowledge for RACK5 RACK5 – Holds 20 balls (as shown) exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival thelbs. fittest.

PAMBR05V2: Sizeof1570mm x 644mm x 768mm.this Weightof41 Our team Master Trainers experience first-hand discover ways inxwhich they PAMBR10V2: Sizeand 1570mm x 644mm 842mm.

WeightNow 68 lbs. any club can bring fantastic group on whatx they learnx in order to Weight training experiences to their members.

RACK5: can innovate Size 1896mm 600mm 699wmm.

165 lbs. keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with VERTMINIs sold separately. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

24

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

While stocks last.

TRAINING. The Power Training with Medicine Balls product training workshop provides personal trainers and group instructors with the knowledge they need to apply medicine balls to exercises to develop power in the whole body.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

TGM01 1 kg / 2 lbs Total Grip Medball – Green TGM02 2 kg / 4 lbs Total Grip Medball – Blue THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. TGM03 3 kg / 6 lbs Total Grip Medball – Red GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming4certified is essential for Medball – Gray TGM04 kg / 8 lbs Total Grip client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and/ trainers aiming forMedball the TGM05 5 kg 10 lbs Total Grip – Black of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

PAMBR05V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 5 Balls for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed PAMBR10V2 Ball why Rackbehind – Holds 10 Balls Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give youMedicine the how and RACK5 RACK5 –soHolds 20 Ballsgain the annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, that trainers updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, PAMBR05V2: Size 61¾" x 24½" x 27½". Weight 41 lbs. products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience PAMBR10V2: Size 56¾" x 25¹/5" x 31½". Weight 68 lbs.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our RACK5: Sizeis73" x 23½" x 27½".

165 lbs. to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This why we create the Weight very best course content and support that allows you Medicine Balls sold separately. to deliver the best training to members.

in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FUNCTIONAL.

TRAINING.

ENDURA BALL. These are the toughest medicine balls in the Escape range, designed for a variety of workouts that will push anyone to reach a new level of fitness.

TEXTURE. The ENDURA Ball is the ideal training tool for hard use, covered in a combination of synthetic polyester wool and rubber crush and cork for endless durability.

TRAINING. With a weight range from 2 kg to 30 kg / 4l bs to 65 lbs, the ENDURA Ball range allows members to master movement and flexibility or challenge full body strength and conditioning.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

TECH SPEC. Hand-stitched and abrasion resistant, the ENDURA Ball range comes in: 14” – 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30 lbs (+5%).

AENDUR04 AENDUR06 AENDUR08 AENDUR10 AENDUR12 AENDUR14 AENDUR16 AENDUR18 AENDUR20 AENDUR25 AENDUR30

4 lbs 6 lbs 8 lbs 10 lbs 12 lbs 14 lbs 16 lbs 18 lbs 20 lbs 25 lbs 30 lbs

ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball ENDURA Ball

LLAS4

Low Level Angled Storage

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. LLAS4: Size 22" x 70" x 58". Weight 209 lbs.

ENDURA Balls sold separately.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

25

DOUBLE GRIP MEDBALL.

TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

MEDBALL. If you’re after the fundamentals of functional fitness for members, this range of rubber medballs is perfect.

With a textured finish for a firm grip, they’ll allow anyone to perform a range of staple exercises training alone or in a group setting.

Members benefit from increased stability and even more workout options thanks to a practical twist on the classic medball design.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

DESIGN. The ergonomic handles mean that each ball can be comfortably used with one or two hands to unlock a new way of working out compared with traditional medballs.

DESIGN. These back to basics, monochrome medicine balls offer classic style, with easily identifiable weight indicators in dual imperial and metric.

WORKOUTS. Increased forearm strength and grip improvements both result from double grip medball training. Members can easily add weight to fundamental movements such as squats, lunges, wood chops, twists and more.

WORKOUTS. Designed to bounce, this medball range is great for everything from wall balls and bounce passes to Russian twists or conditioning work.

TECH SPEC. Made from textured rubber with ergonomic handles and designed to bounce, this range is available singly from 6kg / 12lbs to 10kg / 20lbs in 1kg / 2lbs increments.

TECH SPEC. Available in a range from 1kg / 2lbs to 5kg / 10lbs, in increments of 1kg / 2lbs. Also available: racks for storing five or 10 balls.

PAMB01 PAMB02 PAMB03 PAMB04 PAMB05

1 kg / 2 lbs Medicine Ball 2 kg / 4 lbs Medicine Ball 3 kgTRAIN / 6 lbs WITH Medicine Ball WHY ESCAPE. 4 kg / 8 lbs Medicine Ball The journey to increased revenue and 5 kg /can 10 be lbsso Medicine Ball retention much more than just

a numbers game. Escape provides an PAMBR05V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 5 Balls exhaustive experience in every respect, PAMBR10V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 10 Balls drawing on decades of knowledge for RACK5 RACK5 – Holds 20 Balls exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. OurSize team of Master PAMBR05V2: 61¾" x 24½"Trainers x 27½".experience Weight 41 this lbs. first-hand andxdiscover ways in which 68 they PAMBR10V2: Size 56¾" 25¹/5" x 31½".

Weight lbs. can innovate on what they learn in order to RACK5: Size 73" x 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs. keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration Medicine Balls sold separately. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

26

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

PADG06 6 kg / 13.2 lbs Double Grip Medicine Ball PADG07 7 kg / 15.4 lbs Double Grip Medicine Ball THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. PADG08 8 kg / 17.6 lbs TRAINING. Double Grip Medicine Ball INSTRUCTOR PADG09 9 kg / 19.8 lbs Double Grip Medicine Ball GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for PADG10 10 kg and / 22 trainers lbs Double Medicine Ball client sessions – delivering an abundance companies aimingGrip for the of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

PAMBR05V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 5 balls for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed PAMBR10V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 10 balls Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind RACK5 RACK5 – Holds 20 balls (see page 224) annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations to work with any member.

RACK confidence SPECIFICATIONS. so you can stay up to date with new PAMBR05V2: Size 61¾" x 24½" x research, 27½". Weight 41 lbs.

The importance of in-depth products and training methods.

PAMBR10V2: 56¾" x and 25¹/5real " x 31½".

Weight 68 lbs. practicalSize knowledge experience The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness areSize paramount to the way we create165 ourlbs.

RACK5: 73" x 23½" x 27½".

Weight to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best Medicine Balls sold separately. in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

SLAMBALL SBX.

TM FUNCTIONAL.

The Escape Slamball has had a makeover and is now tougher than ever. The new Slamball SBX delivers even more durability, so it’s perfect for heavy use in workouts to build maximum power and core strength.

DESIGN. The combination of a 9" diameter and textured surface makes for great handling. Fight to control carefully-engineered instability and slam it as hard as you like: it won’t bounce or roll, so users can really give it everything they’ve got.

2

5

YZONE.

TECH SPEC. So what makes the new Slamball SBX so durable? It’s the 3 combination of SBX rubber over a reinforcing mesh fabrication that’s stronger and 50% thicker than the previous model.

6 STORAGE. The RACK5 (pictured) can store up to 20 Slamballs, and provides adjustable storage so you can organize it to fit your unique storage needs. Alternatively, the Medicine Ball Rack holds five to 10 Slamballs

ve joined forces with Myzone in the SBSBX05 5 kg / 11 lbs Slamball SBX – Green number t partnership of its kind – introducing SBSBX10 10 kg / 22 lbs Slamball SBX – Blue number zone to Escape programming, giving / 33anlbs Slamball SBX – Red number bs, boutiques SBSBX15 and studios of15allkg sizes SBSBX20 kg / 44 lbs Slamball SBX – Gray number ovative and engaging class.20 Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our PAMBR05V2 Medicine Ball Rack – Holds 5 Balls ning programs means members get PAMBR10V2 Ball Rack – Holds 10 Balls ant, color-coded feedback onMedicine their – Holds 20 Balls formance via RACK5 their phone or a RACK5 screen in

gym, adding an element of gamification.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. mbining wearable digital technology with PAMBR05V2:and Size x 24½" x 27½". Weight 41 lbs. ustry leading programming the61¾" ability PAMBR10V2: 56¾" esign workouts according toSize trends or x 25¹/5" x 31½". Weight 68 lbs. x 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs. sonality – we RACK5: help you Size boost73" market

re and revenue through enhanced Slamball SBX sold separately. mber engagement.

REACTION PRO BOUNDER. The Reaction Pro Bounder offers a station for improving reactions, hand-eye coordination and proprioceptive awareness. These qualities all help in developing well-rounded athletes who are able to tackle physical challenges with confidence and success.

TECH SPEC. The Reaction Pro Bounder is made from mild steel, giving it a strong and stable base that’s light enough to move around the gym. The mesh mat is made from strong polythene that will withstand repeated use, and is easy to clean.

DESIGN. The angle of the Reaction Pro Bounder can be set at 33°, 45°, 55° and 60°. This range of angles makes it easy to create variety and properly develop hand-eye coordination, reaction times and accuracy.

EXPERT TIP. Incorporate the Reaction Pro Bounder into circuit sessions, or develop programming using the Reaction Pro Bounder as the central focus in the workout. For great results, use the VERTMINI with this product.

RPB001

LOWEST ANGLE: 33°

HIGHEST ANGLE: 60°

Reaction Pro Bounder

SPECIFICATION. Size 28" x 32" x 37" – frame only.

Size 37½" x 35½" – overall size laid at flattest position.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

27

TRAINING. FUNCTIONAL.

PRODUCT PACKS. Make the most of the versatility of the RACK5 and Escape's functional training tools with these popular ready-to-go packages. Each one is a performance-focused partnership of storage and training tools targeted at variations on the functional fitness theme.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

01

FUNCTIONAL PACK.

02

Prepare, engage, move and improve with multi-plane total body training that develops your functional fitness. From ridge rolling to kettlebell swings, versatility is built into the package.

Choose your starting level and adapt your workouts by varying repetitions and weights to achieve your goals.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. The journey to increased revenue and ARACK5PFU RACK5 Functional Pack retention can be so much more than just Pack includes: a numbers game. Escape provides an § RACK5 exhaustive experience in every respect, § 3 x Ridge Rollers drawing on decades of knowledge for workouts that bring big benefits to § 2 x 2 lbs andexciting 4 lbs Total Grip Medballs business bodies alike. § 2 lbs, 4 lbs and 9 lbs and CMTs

§ 11 lbs and 22 lbsteam Corebags Our of Master Trainers experience this first-hand andlbs discover in which they § 2 x 16 lbs, 24 lbs and 32 Studioways Kettlebells can innovate on what they learn in order to RACK SPECIFICATIONS. keep clients coming back for more. Join us Size 73" x 23½"inxperson 27½". Weight or online165 for lbs. motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

28

STRENGTH PACK.

Maximize your workout time with this strength-focused package.

Get stronger and leaner as you progress through the Sandbag, Kettlebell and Medball weights, and include some CMT movements for mobility and core strength development. Keep your flexibility under management too with the Ridge Rollers.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

With our varied industry and evolving The rise of the niche-interest experiences ARACK5PS RACK5 Strength Pack exercise trends, it’s more important than proves that people's taste for fitness has Pack includes: ever to ensure your clients/members get the changed. There's a growing demand for fun, § RACK5 fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's most engaging training experience and the § 3 xare Ridge very best results. Education is essential – why small studios doingRollers so well and why upskill with Escape. § 2 xoften 12 lbs and lbs Medballs established clubs need to14 revisit their offering in order – it’s survival § 3toxcompete 4 lbs CMTs This system of training supports PTs within of the fittest. § 22 lbs and 33 lbs Sandbags gyms, running their own facilities, or taking

20bring lbs, 25 lbs, 35group lbs and 45 lbs Kettlebells onRubber the world outside a traditional gym in Now any club§ can fantastic spaces such as boot camps. The tools training experiences to their members. provided can be successfully used to stay Escape offersRACK you a SPECIFICATIONS. suite of programs with Size 73"tox get 23½" x 27½".

Weight 165 lbs.in business and in fitness. ahead everything you need going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

03

POWER PACK.

Unleash your explosive power and challenge the whole body with dynamic, total body exercises. Competition Pro Kettlebells and awesome Bulgarian Bags bring their own special challenge to the pack. Our heaviest CMTs and Slamballs complete a package targeted at increasing speed and power output.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

04

MOBILITY PACK.

A mobility session before or after a main workout helps to maintain suppleness and flexibility. Improve range of motion and joint control to enhance performance and get greater results in your training.

Compact VERTMINIs, CMTs and two types of roller make this a great center for mobility workouts.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

05 1

FITNESS PACK. 2

3

Maximum versatility is the objective of this pack, which has been specially created for unsupervised workouts.

With6the Escape 4 5 Your Limits App as their guide, users can work through a series of exercises and workouts to make the most of the versatility from this selection of six training tools.

MYZONE.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the ARACK5PM RACK5 ARACK5PFI RACK5 ARACK5PP RACK5 client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the first partnership of its kind – introducing Mobility Pack Fitness Pack Power Pack of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

Myzone to Escape programming, giving Pack includes: Pack includes: Pack includes: for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an § RACK5 and Mat Attachment § RACK5 and Mat Attachment § RACK5 Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind innovative and engaging class. Introducing x Ridgesubscription, Rollers 3 x heart Ridgerate Rollers § 3 x Ridge Rollers the app is automatically§ the training methods, so that trainers gain the § 3 annual tracker, Myzone, into our § 3 updated x Ultraflex Foam Rollers 6 x Coreprograms Mats § 2 x 33confidence lbs and 44tolbs Slamball SBX with the latest Escape innovations § training work with any member. means members get § 6 so x Core Mats you can stay up to date with new § instant, 2 x 2 lbscolor-coded and 4.4 lbsfeedback Total GriponMedballs § 18 lbs, 26.5 lbs, 35 lbs and their The importance of in-depth research, and training methods. § 2 products x 2 lbs and 4 lbs VERTMINIs viaand their13phone or a screen in 44 lbs GRIPRs § performance 2 x 4 lbs, 9 lbs lbs GRIPRs practical knowledge and real experience gym, adding element of gamification. lbs, Escape 4 lbs andYour 9 lbs CMTsApp brings fitness § the § 26 lbsare and 37 lbs Fitness Bags our § 2 The 11 lbs and 22 lbsanCorebags Limits paramount to theBulgarian way we create Combining wearable digital technology with § 1 to x 25.5" DuraBall § 26 lbs, 35 lbs,This 44 lbs and we 53 create lbs your phone.

Whether you're experienced § 2 x 16 lbs, 24 lbs and 32 lbs courses. is why the very best industry leading programming and the ability Competition Pro Kettlebells in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you Studio Kettlebells course content and support that allows you to design workouts according to trends or RACK SPECIFICATIONS. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market RACK SPECIFICATIONS. Size 73" x 23½" x 27½".

Weight 165 lbs.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced Size 73" x 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs.

Size 73" x 23½" x 27½".

Weight 165 lbs. member engagement.

TM

The Core Momentum Trainer™, or CMT, is transforming the way people train and target the core. It’s about developing deep core muscles that are difficult to reach with standard training methods. The lubricated Power Shot inside the CMT collides with the Power Core walls, and controlling this force is what kick-starts the core muscles into action.

THE EFFECTIVE CORE TOOL.

FUNCTIONAL.

TRAINING.

CMT.

Don’t let the inviting looks deceive you – the CMT hits your core like never before! It delivers a corecardio workout to improve posture, muscle range and power. It also conditions specialist athletes to develop strength and movement needed for optimal performance in their chosen sport.

THE NEED FOR A CAPABLE, FUNCTIONING CORE. The core is the body’s hub, handling all of the forces going through it, from walking to striking a tennis ball. A strong core is therefore essential if the body is to manage forces and move freely.

A UNIQUE TOOL FOR CORE TRAINING AND MOVEMENT DEVELOPMENT. Developed by a PhD physician specializing in the science of body movement and rehabilitation, the CMT is an incredibly precise way to target development in the core and wherever the user wants it the most.

THE HIIT SPECIALIST. The CMT has proven itself as a superb tool for high intensity interval training. Moving the CMT fast and controlling the force in the Power Core takes huge effort. It’s why even just a minute of full-on CMT exercise leaves most people shocked at the work they are putting in – exactly what you’d expect in a HIIT session. We’re so pleased with the way it performs, we’ve integrated it alongside other functional training tools into our MOVE IT and BATTLE FIT group training programs. Both of these are all about performing at massive intensity and the CMT enables participants to push themselves beyond their perceived limits.

REGISTERED DESIGN.

2

3

5

6

PATENTED.

DESIGN. The Core Momentum Trainer is available in three weights – 2.2 lbs (green), 4.4 lbs (blue) and 8.8 lbs (red). The 4.4 lbs CMT is a good all round starting point for most people to get used to the CMT and its movement. Then they can drop down to the 2.2 lbs CMT to develop speed and fast movements, and up to the 8.8 lbs CMT to improve power.

SPORTS-SPECIFIC TRAINING. Due to the extreme accuracy with which the CMT targets specific muscles and movements, it has been taken up by coaches in a wide variety of sports, right up to professional level. Coaches are creating their own individualized exercises for clients who want to improve their performance in sports including football, baseball, cricket, soccer, golf, rugby, skiing, snowboarding, squash and tennis.

STORAGE. The RACK5 is the ideal place to keep Core Momentum Trainers tidy, safe and off the floor. The RACK5 stores up to 15 CMTs, so it is ideal whether they’re used on the gym floor or in the studio for group training classes.

YZONE.

TRAINING. To maximize results, it’s essential that any instructor looking to ve joined forces with Myzone in the implement the CMT into sessions with members or clients learns t partnership of its kind – introducing how to effectively use the equipment. The CMT is unique and zone to Escape programming, giving learning how it works is essential for effective application. The CMT bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an product training workshop provides everything trainers need to ovative and engaging class. Introducing know about starting with the CMT. heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in CMT1 1 kg / 2.2 lbs Core Momentum Trainer – Green gym, adding an element of gamification.

CMT2 2 kg / 4.4 lbs Core Momentum Trainer – Blue mbining wearable digital technology with CMT4 kg / 8.8 lbs Core Momentum Trainer – Red ustry leading programming and the 4 ability esign workouts according to trends or Weight refers to the internal Power Shot. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

29

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

30

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

1

2

3

4

5

6

PLYO FIVE PLYOSOFT BOX PLYOSOFT BOX BLACK MULTIPLYO THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. MYZONE. QUAD SLED GO COACH helps professionals enhance We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the SPEED TRAINING client sessions – delivering an abundance first partnership of its kind – introducing of exercise videos and instructional text Myzone to EscapeVEST programming, giving ATTACHMENT for the products in the Escape range. clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an Accessible through the iPad Pro on an innovativeRESISTOR and engaging class. Introducing SPEED annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our PARACHUTE updated with the latest EscapeRESISTANCE innovations training programs means members get so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their BATTLE ROPES products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness POWER BANDS Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

ATHLETIC.

Developing power, speed and agility requires precision training techniques and unrivaled determination. With the Escape range of athletic training equipment, personal trainers, coaches and athletes can achieve superb results, regardless of whether they’re training for competition, or just starting their journey to faster and more precise movements.

TRAINING.

ATHLETIC.

PLYO FIVE.

PLYOSOFT BOX.

The hottest new tool in plyometric training, five boxes in one means variable training options with new step heights for a stable workout that will challenge any ability.

Take your training experience to a new level with plyometrics. Open up opportunities for stable box jump patterns in frontal, lateral and transverse planes. Adding to the challenge are target markings as part of the top surface design, giving users precise areas to aim for.

® TRAINING.

ATHLETIC.

MADE IN

EUROPE

6”

20”

12”

18”

REGISTERED DESIGN. 30” 16”

2

5

YZONE.

PATENTED.

TECH SPEC. Light weight for easy movement and storage, the Plyosoft boxes are cleverly engineered. Both top and bottom surfaces are made of anti-slip material for performance and stability.

Targets are printed using a proprietary method that’s especially long lasting. For more durability, a tough outer material is tightly fitted over a firm foam filling.

3

6 TECH SPEC. Hardwearing materials inside and out mean that the PLYO FIVE will not only retain its shape for longer, but brightly-colored Dicoplan with Cleangard lacquer grabs attention and is easy to clean post-use.

DESIGN. The patented Velcro flaps lock away when not in use, keeping everything neat and tidy. PTs can instruct users to land their hands or feet on targets on the top surface for an extra challenge.

STORAGE.

At 910mm x 500mm x 760mm / 36” x 19.5” x 30”, storage is simply ve joined forces with Myzone in the a case of moving the PLYO FIVE to a convenient location easily, t partnership of its kind – introducing courtesy of its Cordura corner handles for manoeuvrability. zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an TRAINING. ovative and engaging class. Introducing Five different heights mean that a huge range of exercises are heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our available to any user looking to improve explosive power, balance, ning programs means members get bodyweight resistance training or cardio performance. ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

PLFIVE PLYO FIVE mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability SPECIFICATIONS. esign workouts according to trends or PLFIVE: Size 36” x 19.5” x 30”. Weight: 55 lbs. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

24”

TARGET HOT SPOTS.

36” 24”

PLYOS300G CPLYOB1 CPLYOB2 CPLYOB3

Plyosoft Box 150mm/6” – Gray Plyosoft Box 300mm/12” – Green Plyosoft Box 450mm/18” – Blue Plyosoft Box 600mm/24” – Red

CPLY53

Plyosoft Box Set of 3

SPECIFICATIONS. PLYOS300G: Size 6” x 30” x 36”. Weight: 14 lbs CPLYOB1: Size 12” x 29½” x 35”. Weight: 29 lbs CPLYOB2: Size 18” x 29½” x 35”. Weight: 31 lbs CPLYOB3: Size 24” x 29½” x 35”. Weight: 36 lbs

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

31

PLYOSOFT BOX BLACK.

TRAINING.

®

ATHLETIC.

These soft plyometric boxes can be used individually or stacked for variable height options depending on ability and progress. Velcro tabs hold them in place for safety and confidence when stacking, and they’re light weight, so they’re easy to move while in use or for storage.

MADE IN

EUROPE

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

12”

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

18”

TECH SPEC. The black Plyosoft boxes are made from high-density foam filling with a durable PVC covering. Available in sizes 60cm/24", 45cm/18" WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS and 30cm/12".

IN A BOX.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences TRAINING. The journey to increased revenue and retention can be much more than just boxes proves Online training workshops areso available for plyometric and that people's taste for fitness has a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, exercises. These online sessions include the benefits of plyo exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's workouts, why you should include them in programming, and further drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why depth about the specifics of each movement. exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival SIMPLE BUTbusiness EFFECTIVE. the fittest.

This range is Our all about that is tough effective. team no-frills of Masterequipment Trainers experience thisand of

2

3

4

5

6

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking Classic design and usability allows users to get back to the on the world outside a traditional gym in first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. fundamentalscan andinnovate concentrate on they whatlearn matters – performance. spaces such as boot camps. The tools on what in order to training experiences to their members.

For more information to orderused yourto stay provided can be and successfully keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with training and workshop, visit: ahead in business in fitness. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straightonline product BLPLYS1 of 3 Blackthrough Plyoboxes escape.training andSet perspiration a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together.

32

1

24”

REGISTERED DESIGN.

creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

MULTIPLYO.

®

ATHLETIC.

We’ve taken the great idea of a 3-in-1 plyo box and given it the Escape treatment. Made to the same dimensions as the boxes used for CrossFit, this great space-saving box is the perfect tool to introduce beginners to plyometrics, while still providing seasoned CrossFit veterans with the challenge they need.

20” MADE IN

EUROPE

24”

QUAD SLED.

TM

REGISTERED DESIGN.

2

5

A simple, brutal workout tool that builds core and leg power. Stylish and compact, our sled features two moveable drive posts which can be positioned at either end of the sled and the low drive bar increases the challenge. The drag zone has eyelets for attaching the Escape Speed Resistor or ropes to pull the sled.

PATENTED.

TECH SPEC. 3 An easy-to-clean GTEX cover is securely heat welded over a foam core to avoid creasing or loose material. It’s fastened with Velcro, an upgrade from the zip we used previously to provide extra durability.

6 Anti-slip landing zones are on all six sides, and it’s designed so that it won’t move when in use.

FLOORING. Plyometric training should be performed on appropriate flooring to YZONE. absorb some of the impact of the exercises on members’ joints. See page 226 to find out more about flooring options. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing TRAINING. zone to Escape programming, giving It is crucial for instructors to fully understand plyometrics before bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an introducing it into training sessions due to the intensity and nature ovative and engaging class. Introducing of plyometric training. The plyometric training workshop provides heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our key education toget introduce plyometric training effectively. ning programs means members ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

MULTIP1 Multiplyo mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability SPECIFICATION. esign workouts according to trends or Size 20” x 30”market x 24”. Weight approx. 55 lbs. sonality – we help you boost re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

TECH SPEC. Made in Britain using carbon steel for a strong, high-quality fitness product.

30”

EXPERT TIP. This is perfect for CrossFit-style facilities, and those who want to add dynamism to Tabata or circuit sessions.

FLOORING. Maximize Quad Sled performance with specialist flooring.

Choose the Speed Track or Portable Speed Track

QSLED

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

Quad Sled

Please ensure the sled is used on appropriate flooring to avoid damage to the sled or floor surface. Ideally this should be the Speed Track, Shockturf, or another suitable artificial turf surface.

SPECIFICATION. Size 38” x 29” x 39”. Weight 88 lbs.

Plates not included.

For more information and to watch the Quad Sled in action on the Speed Track video, visit:

escapefitness.com/our-solutions/ flooring/speed-track

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

33

01. SPEED LADDER. Exercises and workouts now feature pin-point precision. Squat, jump and press-up your way down the ladder for a total body workout. It comes with its own bag so you can easily take it anywhere.

02. AGILITY GRID. The Agility Grid provides a destination for cardio, agility and speed sessions. Durable linking clips allow endless layouts and add dynamism to any workout or training session.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

03. LATERAL ENDURANCE HURDLE. These hurdles are made from soft memory foam and are perfect for high-intensity speed and agility drills. They feature a water-resistant and wipe clean surface with a carefully counterbalanced base for stability.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

04. ADJUSTABLE HURDLE. The Adjustable Hurdles, with two height options, allow you to progress and regress exercises to supercharge sessions. Go low for fast-paced drills and increase the height to work on power and precision.

05. LATERAL SPEED RESISTOR. The ultimate tool for developing leg power and improving joint stability for increased explosiveness. The quick-fit ankle straps are joined together by a robust resistance tube with a nylon sleeve.

06. REACTION BALL. A specialist ball for improving reactions, this features a non-uniform design to keep users on their toes. Made from hard-wearing rubber, it also helps improve hand-eye coordination and depth perception.

07. SPEED CONES. Perfect for speed development and marking targets. These cones are portable, hard-wearing and super stable. Large number markings allow trainers to direct users to specific cones to improve reaction times.

08. SPEED DISCS. High visibility discs make it1easy to define space and create multiple 2 3 layouts for a variety of functional drills. Set the discs out in lanes, squares, zigzags or as targets on the ground.

4

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

34

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

5

6

Speed Ladder size 124” x 20”.

EST-AGS Agility Grid System – set of 6 size 19¾” x 22¾”.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS MYZONE. EST-LEH APPS. Lateral Endurance Hurdle – each size 12” x 24” x 8”.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the EST-AH Adjustablefirst Hurdle – each of its kind – introducing client sessions – delivering an abundance partnership size 6-12”.Myzone to Escape programming, giving of exercise videos and instructional text Resistor for the products in theEST-LSR Escape range. Lateral Speed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an EST-RB Accessible through the iPad Pro on anReaction Ball innovative and engaging class. Introducing EST-HC6 Speed Cones – set of 6 tracker, Myzone, into our annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate updated with the latestEST-SD12 Escape innovations training means members get Speed Discs – set programs of 12 so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their SAGP01 Speed and Agility Pack products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Speed Ladder § 1 xan Lateral Speed Resistor the gym, adding element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness § 1 x Agility Grid SystemCombining (6) §wearable 1 x Reaction digitalBall technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced § 4 x Lateral Endurance Hurdles § 1 xprogramming Speed Conesand (6) the ability industry leading in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you according trends or 6 x Adjustable Hurdlesto design workouts § 1 x Speed Discs to (12) train in-club, at home §or outside with your seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

EST-SL

ATHLETIC.

Allow your members to realize their full potential.

Incorporate our range of SAQ products into your facility for developing speed and agility.

Elite athletes will be able to use this challenging equipment to achieve unimaginable personal bests. All members will find huge benefits in developing fast twitch muscle fibers, taking their training to the next level.

TRAINING.

PRECISION, SPEED, FANCY FOOTWORK.

SPEED TRAINING.

TRAINING. ATHLETIC.

ATTACHMENT VEST. Develop explosive power for a for competitive edge and improved agility by adding resistance to your speed training.

DESIGN. A great comfort-fit design thanks to lightweight, soft and spongy neoprene material. With Velcro fastening straps, one size fits all.

TECH SPEC. 18 anchor points all across the body offer the opportunity to add resistance to bodyweight movements, or to attach to cable machines.

EXPERT TIP. Use in conjunction with the Speed Resistor or link up to dual adjustable pulleys.

EBOX-AV

2

3

5

6

Attachment Vest

SPEED RESISTOR. TECH SPEC. Tough nylon outer sleeves protect the two parallel vulcanized resistance tubes and prevent damage.

DESIGN. The adjustable belt is stitched and folded to form layers of tough webbing to absorb even the most explosive movements. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing EXPERT TIP. zone to Escape programming, giving Resistor is a key tool for developing speed and power.

The Speed bs, boutiques and studiosAttach of all sizes to theanQuad Sled for pulling workouts to develop power. ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their EST-SR Speed Resistor formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

SPECIFICATION. mbining wearable digital technology Resistancewith tubes are 94” long and can stretch up to 24ft, providing ustry leading programming and the 12.7 lbs ofability resistance at 100% elongation and 20 lbs at 200%. esign workouts according to trends or Belt attachment can fit up to a 39” waist. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

YZONE.

RESISTANCE PARACHUTE. Professional athletes know all about training with a parachute but it’s a tool that can be used by everyone. Once you’ve finished developing explosive power you can pack up the parachute and the step-in belt in the custom-designed carry bag.

DESIGN. The belt is adjustable, with the parachute detachable so that it can be removed and reattached quickly during workouts.

STORAGE. The Resistance Parachute comes in its own handy carry bag for trainers on the go, or to neatly store it in clubs and athletic facilities.

EXPERT TIP. Use the Resistance Parachute to develop power and speed. Alternate with exercises like box jumps for an all-round athletic workout.

EST-RP

Resistance Parachute

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

35

TRAINING. ATHLETIC.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts Battle Rope training is one of the most knowledge about all things fitness, starting at underutilized exercises in fitness training. It’s a the programming and delivering group training tough challenge that raises the heart rate, and experience, to gamification and much more. develops core, forearm and grip strength.

BATTLE ROPES.

POWER BANDS. Looking for a little help to get you started with bodyweight training? Power Bands can support members when performing pull-ups and ab rollouts, and add resistance to squats and other exercises.

UNCOVERED.

TECH SPEC. Made in Britain, these high-quality ropes can withstand the toughest punishment. They have our unique flex treatment, so they move easily during use and provide a great upper body workout.

The Covered Battle Rope provides extra durability, ideal for busy gyms and outdoor sessions.

EXPERT TIP. Start members off with the red Power Band, which offers the most support, and progress through to blue, then green. The different resistance options provide the opportunity to progress and regress as required, producing measurable results for the end user.

TECH SPEC. These Power Bands come in three different resistance levels and are constructed in layers to prevent breakage. Made from premium quality latex rubber, they are really tough and support any workout.

FUNCTIONAL FRAMES. Attaching a Battle Rope to your Octagon functional frame gives users an exercise that really raises the heart rate. It’s a good complement to the strength and power exercises that other Octagon frame features support; great for varied small group workouts.

COVERED.

TRAINING. WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. The Battle Rope product training workshop provides trainers with journey tothey increased and introduce The rise ofinto the their niche-interest experiences theThe knowledge need torevenue successfully battling retentionThere can be much more just to be proves thatthe people's sessions. is asovast range of than exercises used with Battle taste for fitness has a numbers game.

Escape provides an changed.

There's a growing demand for fun, Rope, so this training is essential for instructors looking to excel. exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival BR3210 1¼” x 33’ Battle Rope of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this BR3210C 1¼” x 33’ Covered Battle Rope first-hand and2”discover waysRope in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group BR5010 x 33’ Battle can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members. keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATIONS. Escape offers you a suite of programs with EUROPE in person online for 1¼”: motivation, Size approx or 33ft length.

Weight inspiration approx 11 lbs.everything 2”: Weightyou need to get going straight and perspiration a movement out of the box,use. from small group training to approx 22 lbs. Ropethrough diameter subject to -15% shrinkage during revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

MADE IN

36

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

FUNCTIONAL FRAMES. Attach the Power Bands to a Octagon frames to support your members who really want to improve their strength training with THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. advanced moves like pull-ups or dips.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, soBand that trainers gain the WBANDS Power 01 – Green updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence toPower work with WBANDM Bandany 02member.

– Blue so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth WBANDL Power Band 03research, – Red products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience SPECIFICATIONS. The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our WBANDS: Length 40”. Resistance 24 lbs-80 lbs.phone. Whether you're experienced to your courses. Width This is1”. why we create the very best WBANDM: Width and 1¾”.support Length that 40”. allows Resistance lbs-120 lbs.or a workout newbie, we help you exercise course content you 50 in train in-club, WBANDL: 2½”.

Length Resistance 60 lbs-150 lbs. at home or outside with your to deliverWidth the best training to 40”. members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

STRENGTH. Whether members are only just discovering what they can gain from strength training, or if they’re seasoned lifters ready for the next challenge, this strength range stands out from the rest.

Its functionality, design and performance sets it apart, and helps your members achieve their goals. Dumbbells, lifting bars, kettlebells and plates provide everything you need for a big lifting experience.

STRENGTH.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

DUMBBELLS DUMBBELL STORAGE BARBELLS KETTLEBELLS PLATES BARS LIFT ZONE CABLE ATTACHMENTS COLLARS ADJUSTABLE BENCH

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

37

HOW TO CHOOSE.

Our Urethane Dumbbells have undergone rigorous testing and have been awarded TÜV SÜD Certification to prove they are among the best in class. TÜV SÜD Certification is awarded by the TÜV SÜD Group – one of the largest independent certification organizations in the world.

Considerable time and money have been invested by both Escape and TÜV SÜD Group to develop a testing program that has created a new benchmark for dumbbell quality. Clubs can be confident that their investments will be manufactured to the highest standards in the industry, ensuring long-lasting quality and safety.

01

While stocks last.

02

COMPARISON CHART.

CLASSIC URETHANE DUMBBELLS.

Freeweight areas

Freepweight areas, PT studios

PT zones, lighter use

Urethane

SBX™ rubber

Solid steel

Molded urethane

Knurled ergo design handle

HANDLE

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

LOCKING Delta-Lock The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, 5 lbs-125 drawing on decades of knowledge forlbs WEIGHTS (5 lbs exciting workouts that bring bigincrements) benefits to business and bodies alike.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to WARRANTY 3 years keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

38

RUBBER DUMBBELLS.

spaces where durability is paramount

HEAD MATERIAL

Knurled ergo design handle

Chrome

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

SBX DUMBBELLS. TM

SBX is a material unique to Escape that performs better than natural rubber – it’s very durable and tough. The urethane end plate uses our Delta-Lock fixing system, which means they’ll never work loose.

Knurled ergo design handle

TRAINING COURSES. PressedONLINE and Threaded Delta-Lock welded head With our varied industry and evolving The rise of the niche-interest experiences exercise trends, it’s more important than proves that people's taste for fitness has ever to ensure your clients/members get the changed. There's a growing demand for fun, most engaging training experience and the fast group training, usually in a HIIT2.5 style.

It's lbs lbs-100 (2.5 lbs 2 lbs-20 lbs lbs-125are lbsdoing so well and why very best results. Education is essential – why small5studios increments to 15 lbs, (5 lbsclubs increments) upskill with Escape.(2 lbs increments) established often need to revisit their then 15 lbs increments) offering in order to compete – it’s survival This system of training supports PTs within of the fittest. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in Now any club can bring fantastic group spaces such as boot camps.

The tools training experiences 2 years to their members.

1 year 1 year provided can be successfully used to stay Escape offers you a suite of programs with ahead in business and in fitness. everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

STRENGTH.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats.

Each one imparts SBX URETHANE FEATURES. about allDUMBBELLS. knowledge things fitness, startingDUMBBELLS. at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

Strength training

URETHANE DUMBBELLS.

Made from high-quality urethane, these dumbbells are hard-wearing and are guaranteed to stay looking good for longer.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

USE

TRAINING.

DUMBBELLS.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

03

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest 04 Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their The importance of in-depth research, performance via their phone or a screen in practical knowledge and real experience the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our These molded urethane Combining dumbbells are our most cost-effective For practicality and long-lasting performance, these dumbbells wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best solution. This is a classicindustry 2-20 lbsleading dumbbell set that’s ideal for PT are made from a solid steel core with a rubber coating. No-frills programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you zones and freeweight areas. functional fitness at its best. to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

RUBBER DUMBBELLS.

CLASSIC URETHANE DUMBBELLS.

SBX DUMBBELLS.

Our Urethane Dumbbells have been designed with large numbering so users can quickly select the correct weight. Made out of high-quality urethane, the dumbbells have single-piece heads with precision machined bores.

SBX rubber has been designed specifically for use in weighted gym equipment. A purer form of rubber, manufactured to ISO9000 standards, ensures that these dumbbells are hard-wearing and impact absorbing, prolonging their performance for a longer life.

TRAINING.

URETHANE DUMBBELLS.

TM

STRENGTH.

While stocks last.

Delta-Lock (Patented) is a uniquely engineered three-stage locking system that ensures the head and end plate remain permanently attached to the handle.

2

3

5

6

TECH SPEC. Made from high quality urethane rubber, these dumbbells are designed with long-term performance in mind. The smooth finish makes urethane the perfect material for hand weights; they’re kind to gym floors if dropped.

EXPERT TIP. The perfect introduction to strength training, our Urethane Dumbbells are a great choice for fundamental lifts. The clear numbering makes it easy to increase or decrease the load quickly in PT sessions.

DESIGN. Our Delta-Lock system ensures our freeweights are of the best possible quality. They feature an end plate retaining bolt, a large ve joined forces with Myzone in the diameter lock nut and a machined steel head locator, making them t partnership of its kinddurable – introducing no matter how tough the workout. zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class.

Introducing URETHANE DUMBBELL SETS. heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our AEPDB1000 5-50 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set ning programs means members get AEPDB1001 25-70 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set ant, color-coded feedback on their AEPDB1002 55-70 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set formance via their phone or a screen in AEPDB1003 55-100 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set gym, adding an element of gamification.

AEPDB1004 75-100 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set mbining wearable digital technology with AEPDB1005 105-125 lbs Urethane Dumbbell Set ustry leading programming and the ability

YZONE.

Delta-Lock (Patented) is a uniquely engineered three-stage locking system that ensures the head and end plate remain permanently attached to the handle.

TECH SPEC. SBX rubber has been developed exclusively for Escape and is durable, impact absorbing and resistant to scratches. Therefore these dumbbells will stay looking great for longer.

DESIGN. Our Delta-Lock system ensures our freeweights are of the best possible quality. They feature an end plate retaining bolt, a large diameter lock nut and a machined steel head locator, making them durable no matter how tough the workout.

CERTIFICATION. Our SBX Dumbbell range carries TÜV SÜD Certification.

SBX DUMBBELL SETS. ACTDB1000 5-50 lbs ACTDB1001 25-70 lbs ACTDB1005 105-125 lbs ACTDB1008 5-75 lbs ACTDB1009

5-100 lbs

SBX Dumbbell Set SBX Dumbbell Set SBX Dumbbell Set SBX Dumbbell Set SBX Dumbbell Set

esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

39

CLASSIC URETHANE DUMBBELL SET.

Rubber is a great material for a dumbbell covering as it’s durable, impact absorbing and scratch resistant, so it stays looking good after plenty of use. Add in the smart chrome handle and this is a formula that will always look great and perform.

TRAINING.

RUBBER DUMBBELLS.

The perfect addition to any studio, these stylish Classic Urethane Dumbbells have been manufactured to look great while still being tough.

STRENGTH.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at TECH SPEC. the programming and delivering group training Made from a solid steel head, pressed and welded to experience, to gamification and much more. a chrome handle.

The rubber coating features weight indicators permanently molded into the heads.

STORAGE. Two choices of rack for storing 10 or 15 pairs of dumbbells are also available.

TECH SPEC. These rubber dumbbells are made from a solid steel, making it tough, resilient and kind to gym floors. The comfortable handle is perfect for prolonged sessions using the weights, and clients’ hands won’t take any of the impact from their hard work.

SIMPLE BUT EFFECTIVE. This range is all about no-frills equipment that is tough and effective.

Classic design and usability allows users to get back to the fundamentals and concentrate on what matters – performance.

PAA0025 PAA0075 PAA0100 PAA0125 PAA0800 PAA0850 PAA0900 PAA0950 PAA0100

2.5 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair 7.5 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair 10 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair WHY WITH ESCAPE. 12.5 lbs TRAIN Rubber Dumbbell Pair 80 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair The journey to increased revenue and 85 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair retention can be so much more than just 90 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair a numbers game. Escape provides an 95 exhaustive lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pairrespect, experience in every 100drawing lbs Rubber Dumbbell Pair for on decades of knowledge

exciting workouts that bring big benefits to 5-50 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Set business and bodies alike.

(5 lb increments) Our of Master Trainers PAA550R 5-50 lbsteam Rubber Dumbbell Setexperience with rack this first-hand and Dumbbell discover ways in lb which they PAA575 5-75 lbs Rubber Set (5 increments) can innovate on what they learn in order to PAA575R 5-75 lbs Rubber Dumbbell Set with rack keep clients coming back for more. Join us RACK SPECIFICATIONS. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 35" x 22" xand 94".perspiration Weight 152through lbs. a movement revolution that we can lead together.

PAA550

40

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

DESIGN. This may be our most affordable dumbbell set, but it provides everything you need to add weight to exercises and introduce strength training. The cool gray color complements any facility and large numbering makes for quick weight identification.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

STORAGE. GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for Partnering Classic Urethane Dumbbells brings client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming forwith the the XRack some style to freeweight storage.

As a rack specially designed of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. for our dumbbells it’s also a great way to keep pairs together, for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed ready fortothe next a member wants to get lifting. Accessible through the iPad Pro on an give youtime the how and why behind annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

APUD50 2-20 lbs Classic Urethane Dumbbell Set so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, APUD1X 2-20 lbs Classic Urethane Dumbbell Set products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience (10 Pairs and XRack) The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our to your phone. Whether you're experienced This isrubber why wefeet create very best ESCPADcourses.

Protective for the racks in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. favourite Escape equipment.

Size 53" x 25" x 38". Weight 94 lbs. Silver.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON STORAGE RACKS. Get more from your fitness space with slim footprint, freestanding and easy access storage options to accommodate a range of training tools. Lower level storage means it doesn’t obstruct visibility in your gym, so you can store more without covering up brand value wall decals, windows, mirrors or views of showpiece fitness stations such as Octagon HIT HUB frames.

STRENGTH.

ULLDB20.

ULLDB15.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ULLDB10.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the You can also link these racks together, expanding into any t partnership of its kind – introducing space as stand-alone units or with an Octagon frame. zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing ULLDB20 20 Pair Dumbbell Rack heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our Size 15" x 149" x 30" . Weight 260 lbs. ning programs means members get 15 Pair Dumbbell Rack ant, color-codedULLDB15 feedback on their Size in 15" x 124" x 30". Weight 238 lbs. formance via their phone or a screen

ULLDB10 10 Pair Dumbbell Rack gym, adding an element of gamification.

Sizewith 15" x 78" x 30". Weight 130 lbs. mbining wearable digital technology ustry leading programming ability ULLDB05and the 5 Pair Dumbbell Rack esign workouts according to trends Sizeor15" x 53" x 30". Weight 108 lbs. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

PLEASE NOTE: All Octagon storage racks are available in Anthracite Grey with black shelves.

ULLDB05.

MAKE YOUR SPACE WORK HARDER FOR YOU. See more at SquareRootBrands.com

41

UPRIGHT STORAGE RACK.

SBX BARBELL SET.

Sleek and non-intimidating, our Upright Storage Rack fits easily around your gym. With a small footprint, it saves space and protects your investment in a stylish and effective way.

Made from SBX rubber, our SBX Barbells are hard-wearing and impact-absorbing.

SBX rubber has been designed for use in weighted gym equipment and helps to prolong performance for a longer life. The easy grip handles ensure a comfortable feel, while the clear numbering makes the SBX Barbell Set easy to use in a PT session.

TM

ESC5RACK

Vertical Dumbbell Rack holds 10 pairs Size 422/3" x 21½" x 22". Weight 99 lbs.

ESCPAD

Protective rubber feet for racks

TRAINING.

While stocks last.

ESC5RACK.

STRENGTH.

HORIZONTAL STORAGE RACKS. MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. The Horizontal Storage Rack provides sturdy storage for a range of dumbbells. It is available in four lengths to meet the needs of any facility and to accommodate a range of dumbbell sets.

Dumbbell selection becomes simple, and untidy Experience is everything, and Escape freeweight understands areas become thing of the past.together, thatawe all work better

ESC1RACK.

sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

ESC2RACK.

TECH SPEC. SBX rubber is a unique mix that's exclusive to Escape; it's a tough material that’s also affordable. It’s strong, but kind on gym floors, which makes it the ideal material for use in freeweights.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. The journey to increased revenue and While stocks last. retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an ESC1RACK exhaustive Horizontal experience Dumbbell Rack holds 10 pairs in every respect, on decades Size 32" x 35" xdrawing 59". Weight 134 lbs.of knowledge for workouts thatRack bringholds big benefits to ESC2RACK exciting Horizontal Dumbbell 10 pairs and 163 bodies Size 32" x 35" xbusiness 79". Weight lbs.alike.

ESC3RACK

ESCPAD

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand discoverRack ways in which they Horizontaland Dumbbell can innovate on what they learn in order to holds 10-15 pairs keep clients coming back for more.

Join us Size 32" x 35" x 95". Weight 179 lbs. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Protective rubber feet for racks and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

42

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

ESC3RACK. This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

EXPERT TIP. The SBX Barbell is great for introducing compound lifts and for general strength training. Fixed weights are perfect for personal training sessions, as no time is spent changing plates to achieve a desiredINSTRUCTOR weight.

THE ESCAPE TRAINING.

FITNESS APPS.

CERTIFICATION. GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for client sessions – delivering an abundance Our SBXcompanies Barbell Sets TÜVaiming SÜD Certification. andcarry trainers for the of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed ACTBB1001R 20-40 Barbell Setbehind and ESC15RACK Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you thelbs how and why ACTBB1002R lbssoBarbell Set and ESC15RACK annual subscription, the app is automatically training 60-100 methods, that trainers gain the confidence to work any Set member.

ACTBB1004R 20-110 lbswith Barbell and ESC9RACKupdated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, ESCPAD Protective rubber feet for racks products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our RACK SPECIFICATIONS. to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses.Size This41" is why wexcreate the very best ESC9RACK x 38" 40". Weight 114 lbs. in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you ESC15RACK Size 42½" x 24" x 40". Weight 77 lbs. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

KETTLEBELLS.

HOW TO CHOOSE.

The Escape range of kettlebells has been developed to provide the ideal set for every type of gym. From raw, tough cross training gyms to chic and boutique PT studios, we have a kettlebell that will fit right in and ensure members achieve the best results.

01

COMPETITION PRO KETTLEBELLS 2.0.

02

The ultimate choice for clubs and members who take their lifting seriously. A uniform size and industry standard color coding meet competition standards. Cast stainless steel handles won't rust, and extra-tough powder coating with engraved weight indicators ensure life-long visibility. A new hollow core delivers more even weight distribution to maximize performance.

CAST IRON KETTLEBELLS

A gym favorite that will never go out of fashion. Classic kettlebell style and functionality in a cast iron, powder coated, flat bottomed package. The formula of smaller bells for smaller weights makes them ideal as an all-rounder, but with the toughness demanded for heavy use.

STRENGTH.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

escape.training

COMPARISON CHART. FEATURES.

COMPETITION PRO KETTLEBELLS 2.0.

CAST IRON KETTLEBELLS.

RUBBER KETTLEBELLS.

STUDIO KETTLEBELLS.

Kettlebell sport lifting, cross training

PT sessions, strength training

PT sessions, strength training

Studio workouts, group training

03 USE

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

BELL MATERIAL

Stainless steel handle welded to carbon steel bell

Powder coated cast iron

Rubber covered with a cast iron core

Vinyl dip with a cast iron core

HANDLE

Brushed stainless steel

Powder coated cast iron

Stainless steel

Cast iron

FEATURE

Anti-rust handle

Engraved weight indicators

Grippable textured surface

Vinyl coating and colors

+/- 2%

+/- 3%

+/- 2.5%

+/- 3%

18 lbs-70 lbs

20 lbs-70 lbs

20 lbs-70 lbs

8 lbs-40 lbs in 8 lbs increments

2 years

3 years

2 years

1 year

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving TOLERANCE bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on WEIGHTS their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with WARRANTY ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

RUBBER KETTLEBELLS.

04

These high-performing and stylish Rubber Kettlebells are suitable for everyone. They feature a textured surface so the bell can be held and utilized for different exercises. Stainless steel handles offer a comfortable grip so you can work out harder for longer.

STUDIO KETTLEBELLS.

These Studio Kettlebells are the perfect choice for introducing kettlebell group workouts to your studio class timetables. Bright colors are inviting and allow for easy weight identification.

Weights starting at 8 lbs mean that even novice fitness members can get involved. A vinyl dip covering ensures the cast iron bell is kind to studio floors and keeps equipment in top condition.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

43

CAST IRON KETTLEBELLS.

The Competition Pro Kettlebell is designed and engineered as the perfect choice for the most demanding clubs and members. Now it’s upgraded with more even weight distribution, extra-tough powder coating and engraved weight indicators for life-long visibility.

The classic choice for all-round performance with universal appeal. These take a traditional approach of getting larger as they get heavier, giving members who prefer a lighter bell a smaller size to work out with.

STRENGTH.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

TECH SPEC. Powder-coated with permanently-engraved weight indicators and color-coded bands for fast identification. A flat base provides stability for storage, and enables them to be used for body weight exercises.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, TECH SPEC. sharing insight that we can pass on to our Cast stainless steel handles won't rust. The wide, flatand basegymis clients, customers, members perfect for renegade rows and push-ups. A new manufacturing goers.

That’s why we have an extensive process has created a hollow core design that enables more of the range ofcloser training both in digital weight to be distributed to theexperiences, handle rather than the base. and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts STORAGE. knowledge allmember thingssafety fitness, Dedicated equipment storage about is vital for and starting at contributes to athe feeling of quality in a club. options programming and Storage delivering group training for the Competition Pro Kettlebells 2.0 now include Ultra Low experience, to gamification and much more.

STORAGE. HIT HUB storage provides the ideal place to keep the kettlebells off the floor. Having dedicated storage for products is also vital for members’ safety and provides an all-round positive fitness experience.

TRAINING. The instructor training course, available in-club and online, provides trainers and coaches with all they need to teach key kettlebell exercises like the swing, snatch and Turkish get-up.

Level Storage Racks (pictured). These keep kettlebells in top condition while maintaining a smaller footprint than most storage and improving visibility across the fitness space.

AECK20 AECK25 AECK30 AECK35 AECK40 AECK45 AECK50 AECK55 AECK60 AECK70

TRAINING. Get the very best from your kettlebells with the instructor training course. This provides trainers and coaches with all the knowledge they need to properly implement and teach key kettlebell exercises like the swing, snatch and Turkish get-up. It also includes workouts and training to implement in your club.

18 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 – Purple 26 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 – Blue 35 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 – Yellow 44 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 – Gray WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. 53 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 – Green The journey to increased revenue 62 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell 2.0 and – Orange retention can be so much more 2.0 than– just 70 lbs Competition Pro Kettlebell Red a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience ULLSS11 Octagon Storage Solutionin-every holdsrespect, up to 14 drawing on decades of knowledge for Competition Pro Kettlebells (as shown) excitingshelf workouts that1.1m bring big benefits to TMAT11 Protective mat for business and bodies alike.

Octagon Storage Solution

CKB08 CKB12 CKB16 CKB20 CKB24 CKB28 CKB32

PAKBR10 Kettlebell Rack Oval Frame - experience this Our team of Master Trainers holds up to 10and kettlebells 89) they first-hand discover (see wayspage in which can innovate on what they learn in order to RACK SPECIFICATIONS. keep clients coming back for more. Join us ULLSS11: Size 16" x 53" x 30". Weight 114 lbs. in person or online for motivation, inspiration PAKBR10: Size 33" x 20" x 47". Weight 79 lbs. and perspiration through a movement Equipment sold separately. revolution that we can lead together.

44

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in Now any club can bring fantastic group spaces such as boot camps. The tools training experiences to their members. provided can be successfully used to stay Escape offers you a suite of programs with ahead in business and in fitness. everything you need to get going straight PLEASE NOTE: Protective out of the box, from small group training toshelf mat available, recommended for all cast kettlebell storage. creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

TRAINING.

COMPETITION PRO KETTLEBELLS 2.0.

20 lbs 25 lbs 30 lbs 35 lbs 40 lbs 45 lbs 50 lbs 55 lbs 60 lbs 70 lbs

Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell Cast Iron Kettlebell

PAKBR10 Kettlebell Rack Oval Frame THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. holds up to 10 kettlebells (as shown) GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for ULLSS11 Octagon Storage Solution client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and aiming thelb holds uptrainers to 2 sets of 20for - 70 of exercise videos and instructional text highest(14 level of member experience.

Cast iron kettlebells) for the products in the Escape range. courses are for designed TMAT11Our certification Protective shelf mat 1.1m Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind Octagon Storage Solution annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the ESC20RACK Kettlebell Rack -holds up to updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

14 Cast Iron kettlebells - While stocks last so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. practical knowledge and real experience PAKBR10: Size 33"toxthe 20" x 47".

Weightour 79 lbs. The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount way we create ULLSS11: Size x 53"we x create 30". Weight 114best lbs. to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses.

This16" is why the very ESC20RACK 17"and x 22" x 58". that Weight 93 you lbs. in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course Size content support allows train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members.

Equipment sold separately. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

RUBBER KETTLEBELLS. Our Rubber Kettlebells feature cast stainless steel handles so they’re comfortable, strong and won’t chip or rust.

STRENGTH.

REGISTERED PATENT.

REGISTERED DESIGN.

TECH SPEC. These kettlebells are a classic choice. The comfortable handles ensure they are easy-to-use and kind to members' hands. Just as importantly, the textured bell surface is especially easy to grip.

TRAINING. Be sure to get the very best from your kettlebells with the Kettlebell Instructor Training Course. This provides trainers and coaches with all the knowledge they need to properly implement and teach key kettlebell exercises like the swing, snatch and Turkish get-up. It also includes workouts and training programs to implement in your club.

DESIGN. Engraved, oversized numbering that won't wear off, helps for fast weight identification and selection, and the dimpled surface of the bell provides a sure-grip when performing goblet squats or presses.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

ARKB20 ARKB25 ARKB35 ARKB45 ARKB50 ARKB60 ARKB70

20 lbs 25 lbs 35 lbs 45 lbs 50 lbs 60 lbs 70 lbs

Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell Rubber Kettlebell

Octagon Storage Solution holds up to 2 sets of 20 - 70 lb (14 Rubber kettlebells) PAKBR10 Kettlebell Rack Oval Frame holds up to 10 kettlebells (see page 89) ESC20RACK Kettlebell Rack - holds up to 10 Rubber kettlebells - While stocks last

ULLSS11

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. ULLSS11: Size 16" x 53" x 30". Weight 114 lbs.

PAKBR10: Size 33" x 20" x 47". Weight 79 lbs.

ESC20RACK: Size 17" x 22" x 58". Weight 93 lbs.

Equipment sold separately.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

45

TRAINING.

STUDIO KETTLEBELLS. Studio kettlebell workouts are very popular in health and fitness clubs, providing members with fun sessions that help them develop key functional training skills.

STRENGTH.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

TECH SPEC. Our Studio Kettlebells are made to sit comfortably in the hand so members can concentrate on their workout. Cast iron construction with a vinyl dip covering means these kettlebells will last longer, but studio floors will also be protected.

STORAGE. Store the Studio Kettlebells on the Ultra Low level storage rack, which holds 2 pairs of each weight – 8, 16, 24, 32 and 40 lbs. If you want to mix kettlebells with other equipment, the RACK5 and the Corner Storage unit can store combinations of your choice on each shelf.

TRAINING. Get the very best from your kettlebells with the instructor training course. This provides trainers and coaches with all the knowledge they need to implement key kettlebell exercises such as the swing and the snatch.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

46

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

AEST-VKB8 AEST-VKB16 AEST-VKB24 AEST-VKB32 AEST-VKB40

8 lbs 16 lbs 24 lbs 32 lbs 40 lbs

Studio Kettlebell – Each – Pink Studio Kettlebell – Each – Green Studio Kettlebell – Each – Blue Studio Kettlebell – Each – Gray Studio Kettlebell – Each – Black

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

ULLSS11 Octagon Storage Solution GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified essential holdsisup to 4 setsfor of 8 - 40 lb client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and(20 trainers for the Studioaiming kettlebells) of exercise videos and instructional text highest level ofKettlebell member Rack experience.

PAKBR10 Oval Frame for89) the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses holds up toare 10 designed kettlebells (see page to give you theKettlebell how and why ESC20RACK Rackbehind - holds up to 10 Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers- gain Studio kettlebells Whilethe stocks last updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. so you can stay up to date with new RACK SPECIFICATIONS. The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods.

ULLSS11: Size 16" x 53" x 30". Weight 114 lbs. practical knowledge and real experience PAKBR10: Size 33" x 20" x 47". Weight 79 lbs.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our ESC20RACK: Size 17" x 22" x 58". Weight 93 lbs. to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you Equipment sold separately. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

HOW TO CHOOSE.

TRAINING.

PLATES. Whatever your lifting needs – technique, training or competition – our comprehensive collection of plates means there’s a solution for you. Bright and engaging colors have been cleverly combined with high-quality materials to create a range that will inject energy and give your freeweight area the ultimate USP.

ELITE URETHANE BUMPER PLATES.

02

Outstanding durability, tight weight tolerances and low-bounce performance set these plates apart for the ultimate Olympic lifting experience.

PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE. For more information and to order your online product training workshop, visit:

STRENGTH.

01

URETHANE BUMPER PLATES.

Easy to identify, the embossed design on these polyurethane plates stands out in any fitness space.

escape.training

COMPARISON CHART.

FEATURES.

3

5

6

URETHANE BUMPER PLATES.

RUBBER BUMPER PLATES.

RUBBER OLYMPIC PLATES.

CROSS GRIP OLYMPIC PLATES.

SBX OLYMPIC PLATES.

Olympic lifting, cross training

Heavy use facilities, plate load machines, curl bars, Smith machines

Heavy use facilities, plate load machines, curl bars, Smith machines

Strength training, plate load machines, curl bars, Smith machines

Steel core, urethane coating with a stainless steel sleeve

Steel core, SBX rubber coating, stainless steel sleeve

Heavy use facilities, Olympic lifting, cross training

High level Olympic lifting, competitive use, cross training

MATERIAL

Urethane, machined steel core

Steel core, PU coated

Solid rubber

Rubber coated, pressed stainless steel inserts

WEIGHTS/ THICKNESS

10 lbs - 1" 25 lbs - 1" 35 lbs - 1½" 45 lbs - 2" 55 lbs - 2½"

10 lbs - 1" 25 lbs - 1½" 35 lbs - 1¾" 45 lbs - 2" 55 lbs- 2¼

10 lbs 25 lbs 35 lbs 45 lbs

2.5 lbs 5 lbs 10 lbs 25 lbs 35 lbs 45 lbs

2.5 lbs - 1" 5 lbs - 1½" 10 lbs - 2" 25 lbs - 2½" 35 lbs - 2½" 45 lbs - 2¼"

2.5 lbs - 1" 5 lbs - 1½" 10 lbs - 2" 25 lbs - 2½" 35 lbs - 2½" 45 lbs - 2¼

-

-

85º

75º

2"

2"

2"

2"

+/- 2%

+/- 5%

+/- 2%

+/- 2%

1 year

1 year

3 years

2 years

USE

2

ELITE URETHANE BUMPER PLATES.

YZONE.

DUROMETER ve joined forces with MyzoneRATING in the 89º 95º (HARDNESS*) t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving INTERNAL 2" 2" bs, boutiques and studios ofDIAMETER all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing WEIGHT heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our +/- 2% +/- 2% TOLERANCE ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their WARRANTY 3 years 3 years formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. *The higherwith the hardness rating the less bounce. mbining wearable digital technology ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

03

RUBBER BUMPER PLATES.

04

Ideal for a barbell or loading a machine, and they’re also perfect for performing workouts and exercises as resistance training with a single plate.

Impact absorbing and scratch resistant, these back-to-basics bumper plates are a simple but effective way of bulking out any barbell set up.

05

RUBBER OLYMPIC PLATES.

CROSS GRIP OLYMPIC PLATES.

06

Our tough and functional plates feature multi-use ergonomic handles and also have a tight tolerance band for weight accuracy.

SBX OLYMPIC PLATES. TM

Made from high-quality rubber, specially formulated for use in weighted gym equipment.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

47

TRAINING.

URETHANE BUMPER PLATES. The bright and clear lettering gives these bumper plates a distinctive look and means that users can identify and grab the right weight every time. Clubs will welcome the use of urethane as it’s low-odor and especially good at preventing marks to gym flooring.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

TRAINING. Escape also offers an Olympic weightlifting instructor course that’s available from the escape.training website. Learn how to increase any client or member’s speed, acceleration, coordination and power through a masterclass in traditional weightlifting techniques.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital For the best possible Olympic lifting experience, and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts turn to Escape’s Elite plates. From the outstanding knowledge about all things fitness, starting at durability and low bounce that only urethane can the programming and delivering group training guarantee, to especially tight weight tolerances, experience, to gamification and much more. these deliver on every lift.

PABP050 5 kg / 10 lbs Urethane Olympic Bumper Plate PABP100 10 kg / 25 lbs Urethane Olympic Bumper Plate PABP150 15 kg / 35 lbs Urethane Olympic Bumper Plate PABP200 20 kg / 45 lbs Urethane Olympic Bumper Plate PABP250 25 kg / 55 lbs Urethane Olympic Bumper Plate

ELITE URETHANE BUMPER PLATES.

Plates sold individually.

RUBBER BUMPER PLATES.

TECH SPEC. Hard-wearing urethane over a steel core shrugs off impacts to stay looking new for longer, is low on odor, won’t mark flooring and has less bounce than rubber plates. The reduced width means big lifters can fit more plates on their bar, while precise tolerances to within 2% of the stated weight adds to the performance.

These solid plates get straight to the point of Olympic lifting, with a simple design, molded weight indicators and the endurance to last, lift after lift. Made from solid rubber, their low bounce gives practicality to a toughness that will stand the test of time.

DESIGN. Lifting the plates should be a challenge when they are on a bar; not when you’re setting up your lifts. That’s why we’ve included a grippable ridge and finger castellations to make them easy to pick up and handle, whether vertical or horizontal. Bright IWF-compliant colors and contrasting weight indicators add to the usability.

TECH SPEC. Made from solid rubber with pressed stainless steel inserts. Dualweight indication, molded into the plate, and a high tolerance of +/-5%.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

STORAGE. With our varied industry and evolving Most frames can be supplied storage TheOctagon journey to increased revenue andwith plate The rise facilities. of the niche-interest experiences exercise trends, it’s more important than Alternatively, thebeToast Rackmore is a great freestanding and portable retention can so much than just proves that people's taste for fitness has ever to ensure your clients/members get the way to store your Elite Urethane Bumper a numbers game.

Escape provides an Plates. changed. There's a growing demand for fun, engaging training experience and the exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's most FRACTIONAL PLATES. very best results.

Education essential – drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why partner The perfect for your Elite UrethaneisBumper with Escape.

APUBP10 10 lbs Elite Urethane Bumper to Plate – established Black exciting workouts that bring big benefits clubs often need to revisit their Plates or Elite upskill Competition Bumper Plates. These (Technique Only) business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival Fractional Plates ideal of fortraining beginners and PTs within Thisare system supports APUBP25 25Master lbs Elite Urethane Bumper this Plate – of Green the fittest. intermediate users their lifts, gyms,steadily runningprogressing their own facilities, or and taking Our team of Trainers experience APUBP35 Elite Urethane Bumper Plate – Yellow for elite lifters on pushing theiroutside personal best a fraction the world a traditional gym in first-hand 35 andlbs discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group APUBP45 45 lbs Elite Urethane Bumper Plate – Blue higher.

Available in 2.5 lbs and 5 lbs, they fit tight spaces such as boot camps.

The tools can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members.

APUBP55 55 lbs Elite Urethane Bumper Plate – Red against plates for snug fit and areused a must-have provided canabe successfully to stay keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs withbumper for Olympic lifting areas or athletic spaces.

Plates sold or individually. ahead in business andtraining in fitness. in person online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration throughPlate a movement APUFPP1 PU Fractional Pack - 2 Pairs revolution of that together.

2.5we lbscan andlead 5 lbs - Black

48

out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

STRENGTH.

TECH SPEC. The PU Bumper Plates are made with a polyurethane coating over a chromed steel core. Embossed weight indicators increase visibility, with standard Olympic weights in pounds and kilograms, with a high tolerance of +/- 2%.

STORAGE. The best storage options for the rubber bumper plates be found in THEcan ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. the form of Escape’s Toast Rack, stand-alone Octagon Weight Tree or GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified essential for frame-mounted plate is racks. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, PABR050 kg / 10 lbsandRubber Olympic Bumperproducts Plate and training methods. practical 5 knowledge real experience PABR100 10 kg /to25 lbsway Rubber Olympic Plate Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount the we create our BumperThe your phone. Whether you're experienced PABR150 kgis/ why 35 lbs Olympic BumpertoPlate courses. 15 This we Rubber create the very best exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content support thatOlympic allows you PABR200 20 kg /and 45 lbs Rubber BumperinPlate train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

Plates sold individually.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

RUBBER OLYMPIC PLATES. An ergonomic design means these rubber grip plates can be used for many different workouts, or combined in one routine. Load them onto a bar or perform movements that complement bodyweight exercises for strength, cardio, core training and more.

STRENGTH.

TECH SPEC. Rubber coated with pressed stainless steel inserts, the easy grip handles make for a variety of workouts, with molded weight indicators clearly marking both pounds and kilograms.

SIMPLE BUT EFFECTIVE. This range is all about no-frills equipment that is tough and effective.

Classic design and usability allows users to get back to the fundamentals and concentrate on what matters – performance.

PADR012 PADR025 PADR050 PADR100 PADR150 PADR200

1.25 kg / 2.5 lbs 2.5 kg / 5 lbs 5 kg / 10 lbs 10 kg / 25 lbs 15 kg / 35 lbs 20 kg / 45 lbs

Rubber Olympic Plate Rubber Olympic Plate Rubber Olympic Plate Rubber Olympic Plate Rubber Olympic Plate Rubber Olympic Plate

Plates sold individually.

SBX OLYMPIC PLATES.

URETHANE OLYMPIC GRIP PLATES.

Sharing the design of our Cross Grip Olympic Plates, the SBX Olympic Plates offer a further choice for a range of uses on training bars, the Torso Trainer and on their own to add a load to bodyweight movements.

Whether you’re lifting with a bar or using a plate loading machine, our Cross Grip Olympic Plates are ideal. A solid steel core, stainless steel bush and urethane coating make for superb durability.

The ergonomic handles also make them great for using as resistance tools in their own right.

TM

2

5

3

TECH SPEC. 6 The Escape SBX Olympic Plates have a solid steel core and an especially thick rubber coating for improved durability.

TECH SPEC. Escape is the only company to use solid steel rather than cast iron in the core of our urethane-coated Cross Grip Olympic Plates.

YZONE.

ATOD1025R 2.5 lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Red While stocks last ve joined forces with Myzone in the ATOD1050R 5 lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Red t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving While stocks last ATOD1100R bs, boutiques and studios of 10 all lbs sizes anSBX Olympic Plate – Red ovative and engaging class. IntroducingWhile stocks last ATOD1025B 2.5 our lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Black heart rate tracker, Myzone, into ning programs means members ATOD1050B 5 lbsget SBX Olympic Plate – Black ant, color-coded feedback on their ATOD1100B 10 lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Black formance via their phone or a25screen ATOD1250B lbs inSBX Olympic Plate – Black gym, adding an element of gamification.

ATOD1350B 35 lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Black mbining wearable digital technology with ATOD1450B 45 lbs SBX Olympic Plate – Black ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to245 trends ATOD1001 lbs or SBX Olympic Plate Set – Black sonality – we help you boost(12 market Plates supplied as 6 Pairs) re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

While stocks last.

APOD1025 APOD1050 APOD1100 APOD1250 APOD1350 APOD1450 Olympic Plate storage options also available.

2.5 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Red 5 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Red 10 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Gray 25 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Gray 35 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Black 45 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate – Black

APOD1001 2.5 - 45 lbs Urethane Olympic Grip Plate Set (12 Plates supplied as 6 Pairs)

Olympic Plate storage options also available.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

49

HOW TO CHOOSE.

From the very first coaching sessions through to Olympic lifts, Escape has a bar that gives you what you need. Made in the USA from quality materials to exacting specifications, across this range there’s a bar to enable every user to lift harder and heavier in total confidence.

GYM BAR. For Olympic lifts with no compromise.

Maximum rotation and whip for faster transitions between sections of a snatch or clean and jerk.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. TECHNIQUE BAR.

USE.is everything, andTechnique Experience Escape understands that we all work better together, 5 kg /on 11 lbs sharingWEIGHT. insight that we can pass to our clients, customers, members and gymLENGTH. 1580mm / 5' 2" goers. That’s why we have an extensive range of DIAMETER. training experiences,25mm both/ in SHAFT 1" digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts SLEEVE LENGTH. 110mm / 4" knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training Single mark no KNURL. experience, to gamification and much center knurl more.

GYM BAR.

Cross Training

Cross Training

General Strength Training

15 kg / 33 lbs

20 kg / 44 lbs

20 kg / 44 lbs

2010mm / 6' 7"

2200mm / 7' 2½"

2200mm / 7' 2½"

25mm / 1"

28mm / 1"

30mm / 1"

325mm / 13"

410mm / 16"

390mm / 15"

Single mark no center knurl

Single mark no center knurl

Center knurl

High Alloy Steel

High Alloy Steel

Carbon Steel

TENSILE STRENGTH.

N/A

162k PSI

162k PSI

128k PSI

BUSHING/BEARING.

Fixed

8 needle bearing (4 per sleeve)

8 needle bearing (4 per sleeve)

Bushed

WARRANTY.

1 year

1 year

1 year

1 year

HEAT TREATMENT.

N/A

Twice

Once

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order toN/A ROTATION. keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration = High through a movement and perspiration Low revolution =that we can lead together.

50

WOD BAR.

Aluminum

PERFORMANCE The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an WHIP. N/A exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to KNURL business and bodies alike.

COURSENESS.

44 lbs Olympic Power Bar

WOD BAR. WOMEN'S WOD BAR.

SHAFT FINISH.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

STRENGTH.

SA7112

COMPARISON CHART. FEATURES.

TRAINING.

BARS.

Twice

A great cross training all-rounder, and an ideal entry point for anyone progressing to Olympic lifting for the first time.

WOD001

44 lbs WOD Bar

WOMEN'S WOD BAR. The WOD Bar formula revisited with length, diameter and weight specifications for female lifters.

WWOD01

33 lbs Women's WOD Bar

TECHNIQUE BAR. 1

2

A specialist coaching bar that’s easy to 4 5 manage and ideal for teaching the correct movement patterns.

TECHB1

3

6

11 lbs Technique Bar

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the client sessions – delivering an abundance first partnership of its kind – introducing of exercise videos and instructional text Myzone to Escape programming, giving for the products in the Escape range. clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an Accessible through the iPad Pro on an innovative and engaging class. Introducing annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our The Olympic Curl Bar training (also known as anmeans EZ curlmembers get updated with the latest Escape innovations programs at the perfect angle feedback when so you can stay up to datebar) withkeeps new your wristsinstant, color-coded on their performing reps in comfort and safety. products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

MYZONE.

OLYMPIC CURL BAR.

the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced SA7115C Olympic industry Curl Bar leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

CABLE ATTACHMENTS.

This heavy-duty and flexible lifting platform offers superb shock absorption, ensuring your flooring is protected from damage and marking.

Escape offers a full selection of comfortable and robust cable machine attachments.

TRAINING.

LIFT ZONE.

Our cable attachments feature a hard chrome covering so they will continue to look good for longer, while the polyurethane grip is injectionmoulded onto the bar, creating a solid bond to the metal surface. The grips are formed to make them more comfortable when in use.

PA105

TECH SPEC. The Lift Zone helps to reduce noise in heavy lifting areas. 100% EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer) strong rubber top wear layer ensures the Lift Zone’s performance is second-to-none. The Lift Zone graphic is permanent and will not wear off with repeated use, so your Lift Zone will look good for longer.

2

PA110

Stirrup Handle

SPECIFICATION. Length 7½". Weight 4.4 lbs.

SPECIFICATION. Length 5½". Weight 2.2 lbs.

ANGLED TRICEP BAR.

DOUBLE HANDLE TRICEP ROPE.

PA102

Angled Tricep Bar

PA111

Double Handle Tricep Rope

SPECIFICATION. Length 12½". Weight 4.4 lbs.

EXPERT TIP. 3 Use the Lift Zone to create a designated lifting area within your club.

The Lift Zone will help protect gym floors and keep the area clear 6 so people can practise Olympic lifting confidently and safely. Plus, because the Lift Zone is portable it can be can be assembled and disassembled to move it around the club – so your floor, equipment and members are always protected.

79"

39"

FUNCTIONAL FRAMES. Use the Lift Zone with the Octagon and the Octagon BOX frames ve joined forces with Myzonea in theplace to drop heavily loaded bars. Most Octagons to provide safe t partnership of itsare kind – introducing installed in functional areas, so adding Lift Zones ensures your zone to Escape programming, giving gym floor is protected when people are lifting or squatting. bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker,LIFTPLAT1 Myzone, into our Lift Zone – Small ning programs means members get LIFTPLAT2 Lift Zone – Large ant, color-coded feedback on their LIFTPLAT3 Lift Zone Basic – Small formance via theirLIFTPLAT4 phone or a screen Lift in Zone Basic – Large gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable SPECIFICATIONS. digital technology with ustry leading programming ability Small sizeand 79"the x 39" x 1½". Weight: 176 lbs esign workouts according to79" trends or x 1½". Weight: 353 lbs Large size x 79" sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

STIRRUP HANDLE.

79"

79"

5

LIFT ZONE. Incorporates a permanent water-jet logo.

Seated Row Double Handle

STRENGTH.

SEATED ROW DOUBLE HANDLE.

YZONE.

LIFT ZONE BASIC. Comes without the Lift Zone logo.

79"

79"

79"

39"

SOFT GRIP STIRRUP. PA112

Soft Grip Stirrup

FOOT LOOP. PA113

Foot Loop

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

51

TRAINING. STRENGTH.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

MADE IN

EUROPE

COLLARS.

ADJUSTABLE BENCH.

Our range of collars has been developed to ensure your plates remain secure, regardless of the type of lifting you’re doing.

A staple of strength training and more, the Adjustable Bench is one of the most versatile workout stations available. Seven levels of incline/decline on the backrest and three on the seat make for a variety of options and flexibility for users to target any area of the body. Movement of the bench around the gym or studio is also made easy thanks to transportation wheels on one end and a PVC handle grip on the other.

WOD COLLAR. This collar is all about maximum strength and holding power, along with superb usability thanks to the larger lever.

WODC01

WHY

2" WOD Collar – Black – Pair TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. Internal Diameter 2" / 52mm. WeightBUSINESS 7 oz / 0.2 kg.

IN A BOX.

The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their andforbodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival A business great collar general training. Quick-twist design for speed of the fittest. and fit to ensure theexperience collar doesthis not work loose.

Ourextra-tight team of Master Trainers

OLYMPIC CLAMP COLLAR.

first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members. keep clients coming back for more.

Join us KAMCOL2 2" Olympic Clamp Collar – Red – PairEscape offers you a suite of programs with in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight Internal Diameter 2" / 52mm. Weight 6 oz / 0.17 kg. and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

52

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

TECH SPEC. Steel tube bench framing with carbon steel pad incline adjuster.

Each pad is made from PU synthetic leather with sponge filling.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

ALL ABOUT certified ANGLES.is essential for GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming Thanks to the and strong adjustable pins, sessions the – delivering an abundance companies trainers aimingbrackets for the and lockclient Adjustable Bench suits a vast range of strength exercises while of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. remaining stable, supportive and comfortable at any The in the Escape range. for angle. the products Our certification courses are designed backrest raises 87.7-degrees, while theAccessible seat position through the iPad Pro on an to give you thefrom howflat andtowhy behind can raise from flat toso 29.26-degrees. annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, that trainers gain the

confidence to work with any member.

The importance of in-depth research, ADJBEN1 Adjustable practical knowledge and Bench real experience are paramount to the way we create our SPECIFICATION. courses. This is why we create the very best Dimensions: 52" x 16" x 23". Weight: 81.5 lbs. course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

4

5

FLAT. 3

6

MYZONE. 50° INCLINE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability 80° INCLINE. to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON. There is one piece of equipment that grabs user attention like no other – the challenging and versatile functional frame. This Escape equipment really stands out from the rest and provides a full range of functional training experiences to fitness clubs – including body conditioning training, cross training and athletic-based training. Suitable for all members, from the fitness beginner to the advanced athlete, these functional frames and storage-based products offer a comprehensive solution to optimize any space.

OCTAGON.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

THE OCTAGON FRAME RANGE WALL-BASED FRAMES BODY CONDITIONING TRAINING FRAMES CROSS TRAINING FRAMES ATHLETIC TRAINING FRAMES OCTAGON ATTACHMENTS STANDARD COLOR OPTIONS

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

53

TRAINING.

THE OCTAGON FRAME RANGE. The Octagon range of training frames epitomizes the Escape approach to functional and performance-based training. Combining exciting workout experiences with effective programming, these frames are designed to get the very best results for every user.

With Escape’s expertise in design, development and manufacturing, owners and managers can be sure that their Octagon frame will provide members and trainers with years of exciting fitness experiences.

Whether your gym is big or small, and regardless of the users’ fitness abilities, we have a range of frames of different sizes to ensure you can choose one that’s just right for your club.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. WALL-BASED FRAMES.

These frames are ideal for: Club – Keep ahead of the curve with a modular system that can fit any space, and draw prospective new members in with a centerpiece of excellence.

§

Trainer – Unparalleled for its combination of training versatility, storage and variety of workout options in one place.

§

User – The ultimate convenience for all equipment when it’s needed, where it’s needed. Options for almost endless training tools both on and off the frame itself.

BODY CONDITIONING TRAINING FRAMES.

When members move on from CV and weight machines into functional training they can tell within minutes that it’s going to help them achieve more than ever, and have more fun in the process.

That’s what the Octagon Hub Training System (HTS) frames are all about. With integrated storage shelves, an HTS is the ideal station for workouts that get people moving quickly between functional tools, suspension training and bodyweight exercises.

These frames are ideal for: §

§

Wall-based frames also available.

02

§ §

Club – Gyms with a variety of members who want to increase their functional training offering. Also ideal for hotels and multi-housing.

Trainer – One-to-one sessions with beginners. Trainers who want to expand their earning potential with group training.

User – Those new to functional training, seeking to learn more.

Seasoned fitness fans looking to improve their overall strength and conditioning.

Body conditioning training frames also available.

03

CROSS TRAINING FRAMES.

04

ATHLETIC TRAINING FRAMES.

Cross training frames build on from the body conditioning frames, introducing extra training tools and styles for more confident and skilled users. The Escape range of cross training frames accommodates barbells, free weights and bodyweight movements for a challenging strength and conditioning workout.

When elite members are looking to develop strength, power, muscular endurance and all-round physical fitness, these frames give them something special. The emphasis is on weight training, with individual stations that let users focus on their technique and performance.

These frames are ideal for:

These frames are ideal for:

§

Club – Cross training clubs, private PT studios and gyms with members who want to take their functional training to the next level.

§

Trainer – Those wanting to push their clients to improve strength and power. Ideal for trainers to provide group cross training sessions.

§

User – An ideal frame for cross training enthusiasts to work on their squats, pull-ups and overall strength.

Great for those who have mastered the basics of functional training and want to push themselves.

Athletic training frames also1available.

§

Club – University gyms, competitive and high-performance sports centers and cross training-style clubs.

§

Trainer – Professional conditioning coaches and personal trainers working one-to-one with their clients.

§

User – Sports teams and competitive athletes. Members looking to build muscle, strength and overall lifting performance.

Cross training frames also available.

4

2

3

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

54

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

OCTAGON.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, 01 sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers.newest That’s whyefficient we have ansolution extensive Escape’s space training is the next generation of training functional experiences, training frame, challenging range of both in existing digital parameters of space. Install a HIT HUB and you’ll achieve the and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts maximum number of functional workout stations whatever the knowledge about fitness,minimal starting at size of your boutique, gymall or things studio. Providing transition times a range of equipment to hand at each workout station, theand programming and delivering group training dynamic, high-impact workouts will excite your members and keep experience, them coming back.to gamification and much more.

MAKE IT YOURS. Build your own frame. Speak to your sales representative for more information.

SMALL.

WALL-BASED TRAINING FRAMES. TRAINING.

01

02

BODY CONDITIONING TRAINING FRAMES.

CROSS TRAINING FRAMES.

04

ATHLETIC TRAINING FRAMES.

The newest additions to Escape’s Octagon range, the HIT HUB frames offer maximum results from a minimum footprint, thanks to exciting equipment, efficient storage and endless programming potential.

The Octagon Hub Training System (HTS) frames get people moving quickly between functional tools, suspension training and bodyweight exercises.

From pull-ups to squats, and boxing to battling rope, the cross training frames deliver the facilities needed by users looking for a true all-around training experience.

These frames give elite users a base for strength training, with all the tools they need to take their lifting performance, muscular endurance and power to the next level.

SINGLE SIDED HIT HUB.

HTS 90.

T1.

MONO.

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FREESTANDING.

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FREESTANDING.

FREESTANDING.

4 LEG HTS.

T2.

HALF BOX.

6 LEG HTS.

QUAD.

WOD BOX.

8 LEG HTS.

OCTAGON.

HALF SQUAD.

OCTAGON.

DOUBLE SIDED HIT HUB.

MEDIUM.

03

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FREESTANDING.

FREESTANDING HIT HUB.

2

3

5

6

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FREESTANDING.

FREESTANDING DOUBLE SIDED HIT HUB.

YZONE.

LARGE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability WALL BASED. esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FRAME AVAILABLE AS

FREESTANDING.

FREESTANDING.

BODY CONDITIONING.

CROSS TRAINING.

ATHLETIC.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

55

TRAINING.

WALL-BASED FRAMES. Bring any space to life with our expertly designed HIT HUB. Forming part of our Octagon range, the HIT HUB is developed in modules that attach and expand to any size – available as either single or double-sided, with a range of accessories that can attach to any option.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

HIT HUB THE MOST VERSATILE FRAME EVER MADE. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

1

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

56

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

SINGLE SIDED, ONE BAY, TYPE 2.

Ideal for space conscious hotels, multi-family housing complexes, corporate studios or small inner city PT studios, this compact workout wall frees up floor space and provides an exciting, multifunctional workout for up to four people, making it the go-to location for functional training.

Modified specifically for areas that are tight on storage space or focused on freeweightbased workouts, the additional HOLSTER on the HIT HUB Single Sided, One Bay, Type 2 provides efficient storage for mid-range dumbbells. The vertical design conveniently stores up to five pairs of Octagon dumbbells, making them easily accessible while leaving the floor open for training.

TRAINING.

SINGLE SIDED, ONE BAY, TYPE 1.

Connect to a MONO for maximum functionality with minimum footprint.

OCTAGON.

301ft2

Minimum working area for up to 4 users.

2 space working area. ve joined forces753ft with Myzone inOptimum the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving OHHW011 Single Sided, bs, boutiques and studios HIT of allHUB sizes- an One Bay, Type One ovative and engaging class.

Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our One Bay, Type One attachments include: HIT HUB - Single Sided, ning programs means members § 1 xget HIT Wing ant, color-coded feedback§ on1their x Battle Rope Eye formance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Torso Trainer gym, adding an element of gamification. § 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) mbining wearable digital technology with § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to a trends HOLSTER - Store rangeor of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs. sonality – we help you boost market Other color options available, please call for details. re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

33’6”

DIMENSIONS.

6’4”

3’5”

Can accommodate up to 4 users working on the frame.

107ft2

Minimum working area for up to 4 users.

398ft2

Optimum space working area.

OHHW0112 HIT HUB - Single Sided, One Bay, Type Two HIT HUB - Single Sided, One Bay, Type Two attachments include: § 1 x HIT Wing § 2 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) HOLSTER x 2 - Store a set of 2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on both HOLSTERs or for heavy weights, the HOLSTER can handle a range of up to 50 lbs.

9’10”

4 USERS.

10’6”

19’8”

Can accommodate up to 4 users working on the frame.

22’4”

YZONE.

6 4 USERS .

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Single Sided, One Bay Type 2 accommodates up to four users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

23’8”

12’6”

5

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Single Sided, One Bay Type 1 accommodates up to four users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

3

7’11”

2

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, kettlebells, resistance bands or dumbbells.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

20’4”

DIMENSIONS. 6’4”

3’5”

7’11”

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, battle rope, kettlebells, plates or dumbbells.

Other color options available, please call for details.

7’2”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

57

TRAINING.

DOUBLE SIDED, ONE BAY. Great for small to medium clubs, small boutiques or larger hotel gyms looking for an engaging workout station to run around as the central point of group circuit programs. The eye-catching design will ensure it is the focus of any group X, PT or individual functional training regime.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at PLEASE NOTE. the programming and delivering group training Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, Power experience, gamification Tubes, kettlebells,to plates, dumbbells orand WODmuch Rings. more.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, One Bay accommodates up to six users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

16’5”

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame.

387ft2

Minimum working area for up to 6 users.

882ft2

Optimum space working area.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

7’11”

58

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

2

3

4

5

6

33’6”

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the 5’9” very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

8’8”

The journey HIT to increased revenue and One Bay The rise of the niche-interest experiences DIMENSIONS. OHHW021 HUB - Double Sided, retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has HIT HUB - Double Sided, 1 Bay attachments include: a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, § 1 x HIT Wing exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's § 1 x Battle Rope Eye for drawing on decades of knowledge why small studios are doing so well6’4” and why § 1 x that Torso Trainer exciting workouts bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their § bodies 1 x Holster business and alike.(holds dumbbells) offering in order to compete – it’s survival § 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel first-hand and discover ways in which they § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes)Now any club can bring fantastic group can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members. keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with HOLSTER - Store a range of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight Other optionsthrough available, please call for details. and color perspiration a movement out of the box, from small group training 7’2” to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

1

26’3”

6 USERS.

23’8”

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

SINGLE SIDED, TWO BAY.

DOUBLE SIDED, TWO BAY.

Designed as the ultimate group X programming solution for smaller clubs, the HIT HUB – Single Sided, Two Bay provides a centrepoint for circuits and has double the storage capabilities of the single-sided frame, along with added accessories for a challenging multifunctional workout. An ideal PT station that challenges individuals and small groups with equipment that is exciting, versatile, contained and effective across varying ability levels.

The perfect group X programming solution for boutiques and medium to large functional training spaces in clubs, YMCAs and school rec centers, the HIT HUB – Double Sided, Two Bay stimulates members in group sessions, provides a centerpoint for circuits and double the storage capabilities and accessories for a challenging multifunctional workout.

OCTAGON.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, plates, dumbbells, punchbag or WOD Rings.

Minimum working area for up to 7 users.

1076ft2

41’4”

DIMENSIONS.

14’3”

4’3”

Can accommodate up to 11 users working on the frame.

Minimum working area for up to 11 users.

Optimum space working area.

OHHW022 HIT HUB - Double Sided, Two Bay HIT HUB - Double Sided, Two Bay attachments include: § 2 x HIT Wing § 1 x Battle Rope § 1 x Torso Trainer § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel § 1 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) § 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment § 1 x Fixed Dip Station

41’4”

DIMENSIONS.

14’3”

6’2”

8’8”

esign workouts according trends or HOLSTERto - Store a range of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs. sonality – we help you boost market Other color options available, please call for details. re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

516ft2

7’9”

915ft2 Optimum space working area. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, OHHW012 giving HIT HUB - Single Sided, Two Bay bs, boutiques andHIT studios all sizes an Two Bay attachments include: HUB of - Single Sided, ovative and engaging class. Introducing § 1 x HIT Wing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § 1 x Battle Rope Eye ning programs means members get § 1 x Torso Trainer ant, color-coded feedback on their § 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) formance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel gym, adding an element of gamification. § 1 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) mbining wearable digital technology with x Fixed Dip Station ustry leading programming and §the1ability

11 USERS.

16’5”

Can accommodate up to 7 users working on the frame.

7’11”

398ft2

12’6”

7 USERS.

31’6”

26’3”

YZONE.

6

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, Two Bay accommodates up to 11 users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

31’6”

22’4”

5

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Single Sided, Two Bay accommodates up to seven users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to 3 access and select.

7’11”

2

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, plates, dumbbells, punchbag or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

Other color options available, please call for details.

13’2”

13’2”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

59

DOUBLE SIDED, FOUR BAY.

Ideal for large group fitness and boutiques, the HIT HUB – Single Sided, Four Bay creates a striking feature wall to draw members in. With multiple workout stations, a variety of attachments to choose from and countless storage, it’s all tucked neatly away with minimal footprint and maximum training space for up to 10 users.

The HIT HUB – Double Sided, Four Bay is Escape’s first frame designed specifically for group fitness and boutique spaces. It enhances group training where time, space and the proximity of equipment are key.

The HIT HUB creates multiple workout stations in a small footprint for programs tailored towards whole groups. In fact, Escape’s MOVE IT program is optimized for this frame. Efficiency is key with all the equipment in close proximity – reducing transition periods and sustaining the intensity of the workout.

TRAINING.

SINGLE SIDED, FOUR BAY.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital PLEASE NOTE. and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts Frames do not include balls, bags, kettlebells, battle knowledge all things ropes, dumbbells,about punchbags or WODfitness, Rings. starting at the programming and delivering group training USERS AND WORKING AREA. experience, to gamification and much more.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, kettlebells, battle ropes, dumbbells, punchbags or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, Four Bay accommodates up to 10 users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

The HIT HUB Single Sided, Four Bay accommodates up to 10 users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

56’5”

56’5”

850ft2

1302ft Optimum space working area.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. 2

7ft 11”

60

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

TRAINING COURSES.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – 4ft 4” 25ft 2” upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

1647ft2

2

3

4

5

6

Minimum working area for up to 20 users.

Optimum space working area.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for companies HIT and HUB trainers aimingSided, for theFour Bay client sessions – delivering an abundance OHHW024 - Double DIMENSIONS. of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

HIT HUB - Double Sided, Four Bay attachments include: for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed § 2 x HIT Wing and Extender Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind § 2 x Battle Rope Eye annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the § 4 x Boxing Arm and Swivel updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) so you can stay up to date with new The importance in-depth research, § 4 xofHOLSTER (holds dumbbells) products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience HOLSTER x 4 - Store a set of 2-20kg/2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on each Your Limits App brings fitness The Escape are paramount to the way we create our HOLSTER. The HOLSTER can handle a range of up toto 50your lbs. phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you Other color options available, call for course content and supportplease that allows youdetails. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

MYZONE. 66’3” We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing 6’9” 25’2” the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

7’11”

The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences retention can beHUB so much more than Four just Bay proves that people's taste for fitness has DIMENSIONS. OHHW014 HIT - Single Sided, a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, HIT HUB - Single Sided, Four Bay attachments include: exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's § 1 x HIT Wing and Extender drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why § 2 x Battle Rope Eye exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their § 2 x Boxing Arm and Swivel business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes)of the fittest.

Our team of§Master Trainers experience this 2 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group HOLSTER x 2 - Store a setthey of 2.5-35 dumbbells on both can innovate on what learn lbs in order to training experiences to their members.

HOLSTERs. Thecoming HOLSTER can range to 50 lbs. keep clients back forhandle more.aJoin usof up Escape offers you a suite of programs with in person or onlineavailable, for motivation, Other color options pleaseinspiration call for details. everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

ONLINE 66’3”

1

24’11”

19’8”

Minimum working area for up to 10 users.

560ft2

Can accommodate up to 20 users working on the frame.

15’1”

20 USERS.

Can accommodate up to 10 users working on the frame.

9’10”

10 USERS.

TRAINING.

HIT HUB ATHLETIC. This is the next level in cost and space efficient strength training.

By combining a MONO strength station and the HIT HUB, even facilities with limited space can create a serious workout area for functional training. The catch racks for barbell lifts and an overhead pull-up attachment complement the multiple possibilities already offered by the HIT HUB. In addition to this, the HIT HUB, Single Sided, One Bay with MONO as a whole offers the benefits of both enhanced strength and movement training combined.

OCTAGON.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, plates, dumbbells, punchbags or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB SINGLE SIDED, ONE BAY with MONO provides workout space for up to four users and the MONO bolt-on creates space for another two users. Additional HIT HUB and MONO modules can be added to increase workout possibilities. Trainers are able to rotate people circuit style to maximize the training experience for members.

3

5

Can accommodate up to 4 users working on the frame.

6

237ft2

Minimum working area for up to 4 users.

635ft2

Optimum space working area.

21’4”

4 USERS.

11’6”

2

19’8”

29’6”

YZONE.

ustry leading programming and the ability please call for details.

Other color options available, esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

DIMENSIONS.

7’11”

OHHWM11 HIT in Hub ve joined forces with Myzone theSingle Sided, One Bay with Mono t partnership of its kind – introducing HIT programming, Hub Single Sided, zone to Escape giving1 Bay with MONO attachments include: bs, boutiques and studios §of all anTrainer 1 xsizes Torso ovative and engaging class. § Introducing 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) heart rate tracker, Myzone, § into 1 xour HIT Wing ning programs means members § 1 xget Claw (holds ropes and tubes) ant, color-coded feedback§ on1 their x Catch Rack Pair formance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Bull Horn Pull-Up Bar gym, adding an element of gamification.

HOLSTER - Store a rangewith of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs. mbining wearable digital technology

14’9”

3’4”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

61

TRAINING.

INTRODUCING FREESTANDING MEET THE TEAM FRAMES. OF MASTER OCTAGON.

TRAINERS.

With such a tiny footprint, it’s hard to match the robustness of our frames.

Now we’ve gone one step further – you can have the storage and versatility of Experience is everything, and frame.

EscapeUsing the high-grade European steel that the HIT HUB in a freestanding understands that we all work better together, underpins the quality and durability our frames are known for, our impressive sharing insight that we can pass on to engineers have developed freestandingour versions of the HIT HUB in almost the clients, customers, and gymsame footprint as themembers fixed modules.

The SINGLE, DOUBLE and QUAD are all goers. That’s why we have an extensive available as freestanding options, opening up your opportunities if your floor is range of training experiences, both in digital unsuitable for a fixed frame. What’s more, you don’t need expensive building and face-to-face Eachand one you imparts inspections prior toformats. installation can move it as you redesign your club. knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

1

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

62

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

FREESTANDING DOUBLE SIDED, ONE BAY.

Ideal for space conscious hotels, multi housing complexes, corporate studios or small inner city PT studios, this compact workout wall frees up floor space and provides an exciting, multifunctional workout for up to three people – making it the go-to location for functional training.

Great for small to medium clubs, small boutiques or larger hotel gyms looking for an engaging workout station to run around as the central point of group circuit programs. The eye-catching design will ensure it is the focus of any group X, PT or individual functional training regime.

TRAINING.

FREESTANDING SINGLE SIDED, ONE BAY.

OCTAGON.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, plates, battle rope, dumbbells, MARS screen or WOD Rings.

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Single Sided, One Bay, Freestanding accommodates up to four users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

753ft2 Optimum space working area. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, OFHHW011 HITgiving HUB - Single Sided, bs, boutiques and studios of all Bay, sizesFreestanding an One ovative and engaging class. Introducing HIT HUB - Single Sided, One Bay, Freestanding attachments include: heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § 1 x HIT Wing ning programs means members get x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) ant, color-coded feedback§ on2their § a 1screen x Battle formance via their phone or in Rope Eye

1 x Torso Trainer gym, adding an element of§ gamification. § 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leadingHOLSTER programming and the ability - Store a range of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs. esign workouts according to trends or Other options available, please call for details. sonality – we help color you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

32’10”

DIMENSIONS.

7’2”

6’5”

377ft2

Minimum working area for up to 6 users.

861ft2

Optimum space working area.

16’5”

13’2”

Minimum working area for up to 4 users.

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame.

32’10”

OFHHW021 HIT HUB - Double Sided, One Bay, Freestanding HIT HUB - Double Sided, One Bay, Freestanding attachments include: § 1 x HIT Wing § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) § 1 x Battle Rope Eye § 1 x Torso Trainer § 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) § 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment

DIMENSIONS.

7’2”

7’6”

8’8”

131ft2

6 USERS.

26’3”

Can accommodate up to 4 users working on the frame.

6

23’

YZONE.

23’

3

4 USERS. 5

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, One Bay, Freestanding accommodates up to six users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

23’

7’11”

2

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, plates, battle rope, dumbbells, MARS screen or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

HOLSTER - Store a range of single dumbbells from 2.5-50lbs.

Other color options available, please call for details.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

63

FREESTANDING DOUBLE SIDED, TWO BAY.

Designed as the ultimate group X programming solution for smaller clubs, the HIT HUB - Single Sided, Two Bay, Freestanding provides a centerpoint for circuits and has double the storage capabilities of the single sided frame, along with added accessories for a challenging multifunctional workout. An ideal PT station that excites individuals and small groups with equipment that is versatile, contained and effective across varying ability levels.

The perfect group X programming solution for boutiques and medium to large functional training spaces in clubs, YMCAs and school rec centers, the HIT HUB – Double Sided, Two Bay, Freestanding stimulates members in group sessions, provides a centerpoint for circuits and double the storage capabilities and accessories for a challenging multifunctional workout.

TRAINING.

FREESTANDING SINGLE SIDED, TWO BAY.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

23’

13’2”

31’6”

10 USERS.

Can accommodate up to 10 users working on the frame.

2

420ft

Minimum working area for up to 6 users.

581ft2

Minimum working area for up to 10 users.

2

947ft

Optimum space working area.

1162ft2

Optimum space working area.

41’4”

HIT HUB - Single Sided,

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. Two Bay, Freestanding

DIMENSIONS.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

7’11”

HIT HUB - Single Bay, Freestanding attachments include: The Sided, journeyTwo to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has § 1 x HIT Wing a§ numbers game.

Escape provides an changed.

There's a growing demand for fun, 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) exhaustive experience fast group training, usually in a HIIT style.16’7” It's § 1 x Battle Rope Eyein every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why § 1 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their § 1 x Torso Trainer business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival § 1 x Fixed Dip station of the fittest.

Our of Master experience this § 1team x Rope Pulley Trainers Attachment first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group HOLSTER - Store range of on single dumbbells 2.5-50lbs. canainnovate what they learnfrom in order to training experiences to their members. keep clients coming backcall for for more.

Join us Other color options available, please details.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

64

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

1

2

3

4

5

6

41’4”

HIT HUB - Double Sided,

DIMENSIONS.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

OFHHW022

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the 6’11” most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance HIT HUBBecoming - Double certified Sided, Two Bay, Freestanding attachments include: is essential for We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the client sessions – delivering an abundance companies first partnership of its kind – introducing § 2 xand HITtrainers Wing aiming for the of exercise videos and instructional text highest§ level of member experience.

Myzone to Escape programming, giving 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) 16’6” for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses clubs, boutiques and studios7’11” of all sizes an § 1 x Battle Ropeare Eyedesigned Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind innovative and engaging class. Introducing § 1 x Torso Trainer annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training methods, so that trainers gain the § 2 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. training programs means members get § 2 x Rope Pulley Attachment so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their The importance of in-depth research, § 2 x Fixed Dip Station products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in practical knowledge and real experience HOLSTER x 2 - Store a set of 2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on both the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our HOLSTERs. The HOLSTER can handle a range of up to 50 lbs.

Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you Other color options available, please call for details. to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. Two Bay, Freestanding

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

8’8”

OFHHW012

28’10”

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, Two Bay, Freestanding accommodates up to 10 users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

31’6”

six users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

6 USERS.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, kettlebells, battle rope, plates, dumbbells or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

19’

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive PLEASE NOTE. training Frames do notrange includeofballs, bags, experiences, both in digital bars, kettlebells, dumbbells formats. Each one imparts andplates, face-to-face or WOD Rings. knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training USERS AND WORKING AREA. to Bay, gamification and much more.

The HIT HUB experience, Single Sided, Two Freestanding accommodates up to

MYZONE.

FREESTANDING DOUBLE SIDED, FOUR BAY.

Ideal for large group fitness and boutiques, the HIT HUB - Single Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding creates a striking feature wall to draw members in. With multiple workout stations, a variety of attachments to choose from and countless storage, it’s all tucked neatly away with minimal footprint and maximum training space.

Escape’s first freestanding, double sided frame designed for group fitness and boutique spaces creates a striking center point and enhances group training where time, space and the proximity of equipment are key. With multiple workout stations in a small footprint, programs can be tailored to whole groups – particularly Escape’s MOVE IT program, which is optimized for this frame.

TRAINING.

FREESTANDING SINGLE SIDED, FOUR BAY.

OCTAGON.

5

6

Minimum working area for up to 10 users.

1518ft2

13’2”

743ft2

56’5”

Optimum space working area.

OFHHW014 HIT HUB - Single Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding HIT HUB - Single Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding attachments include: ve joined forces with Myzone in the § 1 x HIT Wing and Extender t partnership of its kind – introducing § 2 x Battle Rope Eye zone to Escape programming, giving § 2 x Fixed Dip Station bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an§ 2 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) ovative and engaging class. Introducing§ 2 x Rope Pulley Attachment heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their HOLSTER x 2 - Store a set of 2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on both formance via their phone or a screen in HOLSTERs. The HOLSTER can handle a range of up to 50 lbs. gym, adding an element of gamification.

Other colorwith options available, please call for details. mbining wearable digital technology ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

DIMENSIONS.

YZONE.

8’8”

Can accommodate up to 16 users working on the frame.

947ft2

Minimum working area for up to 16 users.

1755ft2

66’3”

28’7”

16 USERS.

6’11”

56’5”

27’3”

3

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Double Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding accommodates up to 16 users both sides of the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment.

Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

23’

2

Can accommodate up to 10 users working on the frame.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

Optimum space working area.

66’3”

OFHHW024 HIT HUB - Double Sided Four Bay, Freestanding HIT HUB - Double Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding attachments include: § 2 x HIT Wing and Extender § 2 x Claw (holds ropes and tubes) § 2 x Battle Rope Eye § 2 x Fixed Dip Station § 4 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) § 4 X Rope Pulley Attachment

DIMENSIONS.

28’7”

7’11”

8’8”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HIT HUB Single Sided, Four Bay, Freestanding accommodates up to 10 users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment.

Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select.

10 USERS.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, kettlebells, dumbbells or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

17’5”

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, kettlebells, dumbbells or WOD Rings.

HOLSTER x 4 - Store a set of 2-20kg/2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on each HOLSTER. The HOLSTER can handle a range of up to 50 lbs.

Other color options available, please call for details.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

65

HTS – TAKING FUNCTIONAL WORKOUTS TO THE NEXT LEVEL.

BODY CONDITIONING TRAINING FRAMES. Body conditioning training frames are the ideal solution for clubs looking to provide their members with an all-around functional training experience. Members may be seeking to improve their overall fitness and looking to learn some extra skills for a more enjoyable, varied workout. The Hub Training System provides a space for suspension training, extensive storage opportunities and solutions to suit any size of club.

What’s more, the exciting and effective MOVE IT program ensures your instructors and members make the most of everything these functional frames have to offer.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

1

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

66

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

TRAINING.

02

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

HTS 4.2.

The HTS 4.2 is the smallest available version of the HTS frame.

It features 10 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

7’11”

DIMENSIONS.

9’10”

13’1½”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. 13’1½”

9’10”

4’11”

23’

Can accommodate up to 2 users working on the frame and up to 2 users around the frame.

64ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 2 users.

226ft 2

OCTAGON.

4 USERS.

Floor-based working area for up to 4 users.

Octagon HTS 4 Leg 2 Beam

OHTS402

HTS 4.3.

The HTS 4.3 includes 10 integrated storage shelves. Each shelf holds functional training equipment – training bags, medicine balls and more.

7’11”

DIMENSIONS.

3

5

6

14’9”

18’

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

18’ 4’11”

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an This compact version of the HTS is ideal for small ovative and engaging class.

Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our hotels and multi-family housing facilities. studios, ning programs means members get It features four Octagon legs, and gives facilities ant, color-coded feedback on their opportunity to provide a dedicated space formance via their phone the or a screen in gym, adding an element of forgamification. suspension training. It also features two Hub mbining wearable digital technology with Storage Walls, providing essential storage solutions ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or of functional training equipment. for a variety sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

OCTAGON HTS 4.

9’10”

2

27’11”

6 USERS.

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame and up to 3 users around the frame.

89ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 3 users.

274ft

OHTS403

2

Floor-based working area for up to 6 users.

Octagon HTS 4 Leg 3 Beam

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

67

TRAINING.

HTS 6.3.

HTS 6.4.

The HTS 6.2 features 22 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

For more details on full program equipment packs see page 17.

The HTS 6.3 features 30 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

The HTS 6.4 features 38 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

DIMENSIONS.

DIMENSIONS.

DIMENSIONS.

9’10”

14’9”

1

19’8”

4

14’9”

19’8”

6

Can accommodate up to 8 users working on the frame and up to 16 users around the frame.

MYZONE.

19’8”

Becoming certified is essential for We’ve joined forces with 19’8” GO COACH helps professionals enhance 24’7”Myzone in the client sessions – delivering an abundance companies2 and trainers aiming for the first partnership of its kind – introducing 2 193ft 242fttext of exercise videos and instructional highest level of member experience.

Myzone to Escape programming, giving for the products in the Escape range. working clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an Our certification courses are designed Frame-based Frame-based working Accessible through the iPad onto an8 users. innovative and engaging class. Introducing to give you how and why behind area Pro for up area for up tothe 6 users. annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence training programs means members get 2 581ft2 to work with any member.

678ft so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their The importance of in-depth research, Floor-based working Floor-based working products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in practical area for up to 24 users. the gym, adding an element of gamification. area for up knowledge to 18 users.and real experience are paramount to the way we create our 29’6” The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness 34’5” Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you design workouts Octagon to HTS 6 Leg 4 Beam according to trends or OHTS603 Octagon HTS 6 Leg 3 Beam train in-club, at home orOHTS604 outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

19’8”

19’8”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

5

9’10”

MADE IN

24 USERS.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

9’10”

fast group training, usually in a HIIT style.

It's Frame-based working very best results. Education is essential – why small studios are area doingfor soup well why to and 4 users. upskill with Escape. established clubs often need to revisit their 2 offering in order to compete – it’s survival 484ft This system of training supports PTs within of the fittest. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking Our team of Master Trainers experience this Floor-based working on the world outside a traditional gym in first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic area for up group to 12 users. spaces such as boot camps. can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members.

24’7” The tools provided can be successfully used to stay BRITAIN keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with ahead in business and in fitness. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight OHTS602 Octagon HTS 6 Leg 2 Beam and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

9’10”

exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

18 USERS.

3

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 12 users around the frame.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

2

24’7”

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

An Octagon HTS 6 is a great frame to use as Can accommodate up to 4 users working on 12 USERS. the frame and upTRAINING to 8 users around the frame.

ONLINE COURSES. the basis for MOVE group training sessions, WHY TRAIN WITHITESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. keeping space clear beneath the frame and With our varied industry and evolving The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences 14’9” exercise trends, it’s more important than retention can so much morecapacity than just youproves has providing allbethe storage needthat forpeople's taste for fitness 2 145ft ever to ensure your clients/members get the a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, equipment used in MOVE IT workouts. most engaging training experience and the

68

7’11”

HTS 6.2.

7’11”

OCTAGON HTS 6.

7’11”

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training The HTS 6 helps fitness facilities maximize experience, to gamification and much more. group sessions and suspension training.

Its six-leg design creates extra space to incorporate strength and mobility exercises into classes to get clients moving freely.

Four Hub Storage Walls provide enough storage capacity for national clubs or larger independents looking to inject the ‘WOW’ factor into their functional training. The BOA Rail also lets you incorporate boxing into sessions.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON HTS 8.

The largest HTS configuration delivers the ultimate in capacity, with configurations from 14ft 9” right up to 29ft 6”. A set of monkey bars is incorporated into the design, a feature that’s always a big hit with members looking for fun and new challenges. There’s extensive storage capacity for Bulgarian Bags, kettlebells, Corebags, CMTs and more, so users can quickly switch from frame-based exercise to using functional equipment.

An Octagon HTS 8 is ideal to use as the basis for MOVE IT group training sessions, creating maximum space beneath the frame and providing all the storage capacity you need for equipment used for even the largest MOVE IT class sizes.

OCTAGON.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

DIMENSIONS.

DIMENSIONS.

DIMENSIONS.

14’9”

19’8”

14’9”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. 14 USERS.

19’8”

24’7”

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 8 users around the frame.

26 USERS.

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

Can accommodate up to 10 users working on the frame and up to 16 users around the frame.

Frame-based working area for up to 8 users.

29’6”

Frame-based working area for up to 12 users.

786ft2 Floor-based working area for up to 26 users.

Floor-based working area for up to 30 users.

34’5”

29’6”

Octagon HTS 8 Leg 2x3 Beam

904ft2

OHTS824

13’1”

13’1”

678ft2

387ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 10 users.

Floor-based working area for up to 20 users.

Can accommodate up to 12 users working on the frame and up to 18 users around the frame.

30 USERS.

24’7”

322ft2

13’1”

23’

Can accommodate up to 8 users working on the frame and up to 12 users around the frame.

19’8”

OHTS823

29’6”

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

258ft2

13’1”

14’9” ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing 193ft2 zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studiosFrame-based of all sizes anworking area for up to 6 users. ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our 2 565ft ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their working Floor-based formance via their phone area or a screen in 14 users. for up to gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with 24’7” ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or Octagon HTS 8 Leg 2x2 Beam OHTS822 sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

20 USERS.

24’7”

23’

9’10”

8’3”

DIMENSIONS.

23’

YZONE.

The HTS 8.5 features 38 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

8’3”

6

HTS 8.2.5.

The HTS 8.4 features 38 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

23’

5

HTS 8.2.4.

8’3”

3

HTS 8.2.3.

The HTS 8.3 features 30 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

8’3”

2

HTS 8.2.2.

The HTS 8.2 features 22 integrated storage shelves for functional training equipment – kettlebells, medicine balls, training bags and more.

Octagon HTS 8 Leg 2x4 Beam

39’4”

OHTS825

Octagon HTS 8 Leg 2x5 Beam

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

69

TRAINING.

HTS 90 – BRINGING CORNER SPACES TO LIFE FOR TRAINING AND STORAGE.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

1

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

70

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON HTS 90.

OCTAGON HTS 90 FREESTANDING TYPE 1.

The HTS 90 takes all the key features from the HTS concept and rearranges them into something that slots perfectly into corner spaces. It transforms these under-used corner spaces into revenuegenerating assets. With a range of attachments and ample equipment storage capacity, each frame can accommodate small group workouts and provide a multifunctional destination for PT sessions.

The HTS 90 FREESTANDING TYPE 1 corner frame transforms under-used corner spaces into engaging and revenue-generating workout areas. Now available freestanding, the frame slots neatly into the corner without any need for bolting it down – ideal for small group workouts and as a multifunctional destination for PT sessions.

OCTAGON.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, battle rope, kettlebells, plates, punchbag, rollers or WOD Rings.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HTS 90 accommodates up to six users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select. With good instruction, it is the ideal frame to utilize wasted corners and offer exciting small group training.

6 USERS.

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame and up to 3 users around the frame.

108ft2 344ft2

14’9”

6

6 USERS.

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame and up to 3 users around the frame.

Frame-based working area for up to 3 users.

108ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 3 users.

Floor-based working area for up to 6 users.

344ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 6 users.

26’3”

5

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HTS 90 FREESTANDING TYPE 1 corner frame accommodates up to six users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select. It’s the ideal frame to make use of empty corner space for individual or small group X workouts, and can be moved to alternative corners as the gym is redesigned.

26’3” 14’9”

26’3”

3

BRITAIN

14’9”

2

26’3” 14’9”

MADE IN

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, battle rope, kettlebells or WOD Rings.

YZONE. OFSC01 HTS 90 Freestanding Type 1 HTS 90 Freestanding Type 1 attachments include: § 2 x Pull Up Handles § 1 x Battle Rope Eye § 1 x Fixed Dip Station Other color options available, please call for details.

11’

8’4”

DIMENSIONS.

7’10”

DIMENSIONS.

7’11”

ve joined forces with Myzone in the OCTC202 HTS 90 Type 2, 8 storage shelves t partnership of its kind – OCTC201 introducing HTS 90 Type 1, 6 storage shelves zone to Escape programming, giving HTS 90 Type 5, 4 storage shelves OCTC205 bs, boutiques and studiosHTS of all90 sizes an attachments include: ovative and engaging class. Introducing § 1 x Torso Trainer heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § 1 x Weight Horn ning programs means members get § 2 x Pull Up Handles ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel § 1 x Bar Holder gym, adding an element of gamification. § 2 x Battle Rope Eye mbining wearable digital technology with § 1 x Fixed Dip Station ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or Other color options available, please call for details. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

10’12

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

9’3”

71

OCTAGON HTS 90 FREESTANDING TYPE 3.

Expanding on the HTS 90 Freestanding Type 2 corner frame, you get the same accessories with an additional boxing arm, torso trainer, bar holder and weight horn. Available freestanding, it transforms under-used corner spaces into engaging and revenue-generating workout areas without any need for bolting it down – ideal for small group workouts and as a multifunctional destination for PT sessions.

Expanding on the HTS 90 Freestanding Type 3 corner frame, you get the same accessories with an additional two HOLSTERs, holding 10 dumbbells each in a small footprint. Available freestanding, it transforms under-used corner spaces into workout areas without the need for bolting it down – ideal for group and PT sessions.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON HTS 90 FREESTANDING TYPE 2.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

344ft2

14’9” 26’3”

Floor-based working area for up to 6 users.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. The journey to increased revenue and OFSC02 HTS 90 Freestanding Type 2 retention can be so much more than just HTS 90 Freestanding Typegame.

2 attachments include: a numbers Escape provides an § exhaustive 1 x Torsoexperience Trainer in every respect, § drawing 1 x Weight Horn of knowledge for on decades workouts that bring big benefits to § exciting 2 x Pull Up Handles and Arm bodies alike. § business 1 x Boxing and Swivel Master Trainers experience this § Our 1 xteam Bar of Holder and discover § first-hand 1 x Battle Rope Eye ways in which they can innovate on Station what they learn in order to § 1 x Fixed Dip keep clients coming back for more. Join us Other color options available, please call for details. in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

72

6 USERS.

Frame-based working area for up to 3 users.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences DIMENSIONS. proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

7’10”

108ft2

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame and up to 3 users around the frame.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to 10’12 creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HTS 90 Freestanding Type 3 corner frame accommodates up to six users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select. It’s the ideal frame to make use of empty corner space for individual or small group X workouts, and can be moved to alternative corners as the gym is redesigned.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

9’3”

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame and up to 3 users around the frame.

108ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 3 users.

344ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 6 users.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for OFSC03 HTS 90 Freestanding Type 3 DIMENSIONS. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the HTS 90 Freestanding Type 3 attachments include: of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience. § 1 x Torso Trainer for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed 1 xthe Weight Horn Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give§ you how and why behind § methods, 2 x Pull Up annual subscription, the app is automatically training so Handles that trainers gain the § 1 xtoBoxing Armany andmember.

Swivel updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence work with § 1 x Bar Holder so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods. § 1 x Battle Rope Eye practical knowledge and real experience § 1 x Fixed Dip Station The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our § 2 x HOLSTER (holds dumbbells) to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best HOLSTER x 2 - Store a set of support 2.5-35 lbs dumbbells on bothin exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and that allows you HOLSTERs. The HOLSTER can handle a range of up to 50train lbs. in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members.

10’12 Other color options available, please call for details. favourite Escape equipment.

26’3” 14’9”

1

2

3

4

5

6

26’3”

6 USERS.

26’3” 14’9”

MADE IN

BRITAIN

14’9”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The HTS 90 Freestanding Type 2 corner frame accommodates up to six users at the frame using a mix of strength, cardio, bodyweight and functional equipment. Integrated storage makes functional equipment easy to access and select. It’s the ideal frame to make use of empty corner space for individual or small group X workouts, and can be moved to alternative corners as the gym is redesigned.

PLEASE NOTE. Frames do not include balls, bags, bars, battle rope, kettlebells, plates, punchbag, dumbbells or WOD Rings.

7’10”

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts PLEASE NOTE. about all things fitness, starting at Frames do not knowledge include balls, bags, bars, battle rope, plates, and delivering group training thekettlebells, programming punchbag or WOD Rings. experience, to gamification and much more.

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you9’3” boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON HTS BOA RAIL. The BOA (Boxing Octagon Attachment) Rail can be added to any HTS 6 or HTS 8 frame, enabling clubs to incorporate boxing into their PT and group training programs. The beauty is in its simplicity: just slide punchbags into place when you need them, lock them in position, and slide them back for storage.

OCTAGON.

PLEASE NOTE. As standard the BOA Rail and all attachments come in Anthracite.

All other color combinations will incur additional charges.

5

6

Boxing is of course high intensity in nature, so a few minutes of bag work will typically leave people ready to switch to another training mode. That’s the real beauty of the BOA Rail, as it enables trainers and clients to make mid-session transitions between boxing and other training styles.

Even the biggest bag stays in place where you want it, thanks to a strong spring-loaded locking mechanism. When you want to move ve joined forces with Myzone in the the bag back into the storage position, just t partnership of its kind – introducing unclip the lock and slide the bag across. zone to Escape programming, Now giving the working area beneath the frame bs, boutiques and studioswill of all an the other exercise styles that besizes free for ovative and engaging class.

Introducing make up a great HTS-based workout. heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with BRITAIN ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

YZONE.

19’8”

14’9”

2 USERS.

3 USERS.

4 USERS.

DOCKED POSITION. When the boxing session is over, simply release the locking mechanism and slide each bag over for neat storage.

19’8”

3

14’9”

2

9’10”

The BOA Rail is a secure anchor point for punchbags, opening up the opportunities for developing the strength, endurance, coordination, speed and agility that boxing is known for.

WORKING POSITION. Depending on the size of frame chosen, the BOA Rail provides capacity for two, three or four punchbags to be used at the same time.

9’10”

BOA RAIL.

MADE IN

2 BAGS.

3 BAGS.

4 BAGS.

PROVEN DURABILITY. The principle behind the rail is found in the automotive industry, where big components such as engines, doors and windscreens are moved through the production line safely and smoothly.

The steel used for the BOA Rail has the same strength rating as the rails used in car assembly: it really is that strong.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

73

TRAINING. OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

03

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

74

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

1

2

3

4

5

6

CROSS TRAINING FRAMES.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

Cross training strength, GO COACH helps professionals enhanceincorporates We’ve joined forces withbodyweight Myzone in the client sessions – delivering abundance first its kind – all-round introducing and an cardio exercises inpartnership order to of improve of exercise videos and instructional text Myzone to Escape programming, giving fitness and physical ability.

These cross training for the products in the Escape range. clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an frames stations to give users just what they Accessible through the iPad Proprovide on an innovative and engaging class.

Introducing annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our need in order to achieve their goals. From pull-ups updated with the latest Escape innovations training programs means members get to squats, to battling rope, the Escape so you can stay up to date with new and boxing instant, color-coded feedback on their products and training cross methods. performance via their phone or athe screen in training frames equip instructors with the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits Appthey brings fitnessto deliver effective group training tools need Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced sessions. With multiple frame options, you’re industry leading programming andsure the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you to design according to trends or find one suit your clubworkouts and members. train in-club, at home to or outside withto your seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

T1 - THE MOST SPACE EFFICIENT FRAME ON THE MARKET. OCTAGON.

The Octagon T1 is the most space-efficient functional training frame on the market. It’s compact, yet accommodates group training sessions that blend multiple exercise styles into each workout. With four configurations to choose from, every club can select one or more T1 frames to perfectly match the needs of their trainers and members.

REGISTERED DESIGN.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

75

OCTAGON T1 TYPE 2

This may be the ‘entry model’ T1 but it’s anything but basic. Multiple exercise options are supported with the standard T1 features: weight horn for plate storage, pull-up and dip stations, and attachment points for a Torso Trainer, suspension trainers and punchbag.

The rope pulley is a great addition to the T1 configuration on this model.

It’s a brilliant tool to incorporate into small group training circuits, with pulley work giving users another challenge for core and upper body development.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON T1 TYPE 1

MADE IN

BRITAIN

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital PLEASE NOTE. and formats.

Each one imparts OCTT201 does notface-to-face include bar, battle rope, knowledge about all things fitness, starting at punchbag, plates or suspension trainer. the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

USERS AND WORKING AREA.

PLEASE NOTE. OCTT202 does not include bar, battle rope, punchbag, plates or suspension trainer.

12’4”

62ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 9 users.

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 4 users around the frame.

36ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 6 users.

62ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 10 users.

9’8”

Frame-based working area for up to 5 users.

9’8”

36ft2

10 USERS.

13’12”

Can accommodate up to 5 users working on the frame and up to 4 users around the frame.

13’12”

5 USERS 9 USERS..

12’4”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Octagon T1 accommodates up to six users at the frame. Ideal for personal trainers to run small group conditioning sessions.

The Octagon T1 accommodates up to five users at the frame. Ideal for personal trainers to run small group conditioning sessions.

1

4

76

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in Now any club can bring fantastic group spaces such as boot camps. The tools training experiences to their members. provided can be successfully used to stay Escape offers you a suite of programs with fitness. everything you need to get going straight 3’11”ahead in business and in 5’6” out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

OCTT202 T1 Type 2 TRAINING. T1 TypeINSTRUCTOR 2 attachments include: § 1certified x Rope is Pulley Attachment Becoming essential for § 1 and x Torso Trainer companies trainers aiming for the 1 xof Weight Horn highest§ level member experience.

Our certification courses are designed § 1 x Pull-Up Station to give §you1 the how and why behind x Fixed Dip Station training§ methods, so that gain the 1 x Boxing Armtrainers and Swivel confidence to work with any member. § 1 x Bar Holder The importance of in-depth research, § 1 x Claw practical and real § knowledge 2 x Battle Rope Eyeexperience are paramount to the way we create ourdetails.

Other color options available, please call for courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

3

5

6

15’7”

DIMENSIONS.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability 4’10” to 5’4” design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

8’6”

DIMENSIONS.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

7’11”

OCTT201 T1 Type 1 WHY TRAIN T1 Type 1 attachments include:WITH ESCAPE. §The1journey x Boxing Arm and Swivel to increased revenue and §retention 1 x Torso can Trainer be so much more than just a numbers game.

Escape provides an § 1 x Weight Horn experience §exhaustive 1 x Pull-Up Station in every respect, on decades of knowledge for §drawing 1 x Fixed Dip Station exciting workouts that bring big benefits to § 1 x Bar Holder business and bodies alike. § 1 x Claw of Master Trainers experience this §Our2team x Battle Rope Eye first-hand and discover ways in which they Other color options available, please call for details. can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

15’7”

2

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

OCTAGON T1 TYPE 4

This T1 configuration includes a Reaction Pro Bounder for fast-action medball exercises to develop reaction time, agility and speed.

Completing the line-up is a model that partners the Reaction Pro Bounder with a rope pulley. It’s another combination that delivers the T1’s trademark of superb variety in a compact package.

PLEASE NOTE. OCTT203 does not include bar, battle rope, punchbag, plates or suspension trainer.

PLEASE NOTE. OCTT204 does not include bar, battle rope, plates or suspension trainer.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON T1 TYPE 3

OCTAGON.

12’4”

5

6

36ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 6 users.

62ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 10 users.

OCTT203 T1 Type 3 T1 Type 3 attachments include: ve joined forces with Myzone §in the 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel t partnership of its kind – introducing § 1 x Pull-Up Station zone to Escape programming, giving § 1 x Fixed Dip Station bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an § 1 x Torso Trainer ovative and engaging class. Introducing § 1 x Weight Horn heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § get 1 x Bar Holder ning programs means members 1 x Short Adjuster Teeth ant, color-coded feedback on§their 1 x Reaction Pro Bounder formance via their phone or a §screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. § 1 x Claw mbining wearable digital technology § 1 x with Suspension Trainer Anchor Point ustry leading programming and § the 2 xability Battle Rope Eye esign workouts according to trends or Other color options available, please call for details. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

YZONE.

DIMENSIONS.

4’10”

5’5”

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 4 users around the frame.

36ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 6 users.

62ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 10 users.

OCTT204 T1 Type 4 T1 Type 4 attachments include: § 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment § 1 x Pull-Up Station § 1 x Fixed Dip Station § 1 x Torso Trainer § 1 x Weight Horn § 1 x Bar Holder § 1 x Short Adjuster Teeth § 1 x Reaction Pro Bounder § 1 x Claw § 1 x Suspension Trainer Anchor Point § 2 x Battle Rope Eye Other color options available, please call for details.

9’8”

9’8”

15’7”

7’11”

3

10 USERS.

13’12”

2

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 4 users around the frame.

13’12”

10 USERS.

12’4”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Octagon T1 accommodates up to six users at the frame. Ideal for personal trainers to run small group conditioning sessions.

15’7”

DIMENSIONS.

8’6”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Octagon T1 accommodates up to six users at the frame. Ideal for personal trainers to run small group conditioning sessions.

4’10”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

5’5”

77

OCTAGON T2 TYPE 1.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON T2 TYPE 2.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymPLEASE NOTE. goers. That’s why we have an extensive OCT201 does not include bar, mats, battle rope, range plates of training experiences, both in digital punchbag, or suspension trainer. and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at The perfect, compact blend of functional frame, the programming and delivering group training attachments and equipment storage, the T2 is experience, to gamification and much more. packed with facilities for pull-ups, dips, boxing, barbell lifting and more. Switch quickly between frame-based exercises and use of the functional tools neatly stored on the integral rack. The T2 really excels as a hub for small group workouts, with users moving from station to station to get a whole body workout.

PLEASE NOTE. OCT202 does not include bar, mats, battle rope, plates or suspension trainer.

13’1”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Octagon T2 accommodates up to six users at the frame. Ideal for personal trainers to run small group conditioning sessions.

52ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 6 users.

82ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 10 users.

13’1”

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 4 users around the frame.

16’4”

10 USERS.

1

2

3

5

6

MADE IN

BRITAIN

4

16’4”

78

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

OCT202 T2 Type 2 DIMENSIONS. T2 Type 2 attachments include: § 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. 8’8”MYZONE. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. § 1 x Torso Trainer GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the § 1 x Weight Horn client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the first partnership of its kind – introducing § 1 x Pull-Up Station of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

Myzone to Escape programming, giving § 1 courses x Fixed Dip for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification are Station designed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an § 1 x Reaction Bounder Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and whyPro behind innovative and engaging class. Introducing § 1 x so Barthat Holder annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training methods, trainers gain the § work 1 x Battle Rope Eye updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to with any member. training programs means members get so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their § 1 x Mat Rack Storage (Holds 20 core mats) The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in § 1 x Suspension Trainer Anchor Point practical knowledge and real experience the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Other color options available, The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way weplease createcall our for details.

4’3” 3’8” Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

8’5”

7’11”

OCT201 T2 Type 1 T2 Type 1 attachments include: DIMENSIONS. § 1 x Boxing and Swivel WHY TRAIN WITHArm ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. 9’4”ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. § 1 x Torso Trainer With our varied industry and evolving The journey revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences § to1 increased x Weight Horn exercise trends, it’s more important than retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has § 1 x Pull-Up Station ever to ensure your clients/members get the a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, § 1 x Fixed Dip Station exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's most engaging training experience and the § 1 x Reaction Pro Bounder very best results. Education is essential – drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why § 1 x Bar upskill with Escape. exciting workouts thatHolder bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their § 1bodies x Battle Rope Eye business and alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival This system of training supports PTs within § 1 x Mat Rack Storage (Holds 20 core mats) of the fittest. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking Our team of Master Trainers experience this § 1 x Suspension Trainer Anchor Point on the world outside a traditional gym in first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group Other options available, please fortodetails. spaces such as boot camps. The tools cancolor innovate on what they learn in call order training experiences to their members.

4’3” 3’8” provided can be successfully used to stay keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with ahead in business and in fitness. in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

OCTAGON 2.0.

OCTAGON QUAD 2.0.

TM

TRAINING.

TM

The ultimate in functional training frames, the Octagon has been upgraded with additions including uprated catch racks to provide additional strength. It is fully loaded for strength and functional training, allowing users to perform a full cross training workout. Up to 18 people to train simultaneously and the eight-sided design also allows trainers to configure a 360˚ training experience for members.

The Octagon QUAD is a versatile training station that allows up to 12 people to work out on and around the frame. The QUAD also allows users to complete a full bodyweight workout with monkey bars, dip station and pull-up bars.

MADE IN

MADE IN

BRITAIN

BRITAIN

OCTAGON.

REGISTERED DESIGN.

PLEASE NOTE. OCTA201 does not include bars, battle ropes, plates or punchbag.

PLEASE NOTE. OQUA201 does not include bars, battle rope, plates or punchbag.

19’8”

387ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 10 users.

871ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 18 users.

YZONE.

OCTA201 Octagon 2.0 Frame and Attachments Octagon attachments include: ve joined forces with Myzone in the § 2 x Torso Trainers t partnership of its kind – introducing § 4 x Weight Horns zone to Escape programming, giving § sizes 1 x Raised Pull-Up Bar bs, boutiques and studios of all an § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel ovative and engaging class. Introducing § our 1 x Rope Pulley Attachment heart rate tracker, Myzone, into ning programs means members § get 2 x Catch Racks Pairs ant, color-coded feedback on§their 1 x Wing Attachment Short formance via their phone or a §screen in 1 x Fixed Dip Station gym, adding an element of gamification. § 6 x Monkey Bars mbining wearable digital technology with § 2 x Battle Rope Eye ustry leading programming and the ability colorto options please call for details. esign workoutsOther according trends available, or

29’6”

DIMENSIONS.

Can accommodate up to 6 users working on the frame and up to 6 users around the frame.

193ft2

Frame-based working area for up to 6 users.

430ft2

Floor-based working area for up to 12 users.

OQUA201 QUAD2 Frame and Attachments QUAD2 attachments include: § 1 x Torso Trainer § 2 x Weight Horns § 1 x Raised Pull-Up Bar § 6 x Monkey Bars § 1 x Catch Rack Pair § 1 x Boxing Arm and Swivel § 1 x Fixed Dip Station § 1 x Battle Rope Eye 11’

11’

Other color options available, please call for details.

26’3”

DIMENSIONS.

7’11”

6

12 USERS.

16’5”

5

19’8”

Can accommodate up to 10 users working on the frame and up to 8 users around the frame.

9’10”

18 USERS.

19’8”

9’10”

3

29’6”

2

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The QUAD accommodates up to six users at the frame but up to 12 people can effectively work around the QUAD. This is achieved by having six people at the frame itself and six using functional equipment. Trainers can rotate people circuit style, which makes good business sense for the gym and maximizes the training experience for members.

7’11”

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Octagon accommodates up to 10 users at the frame but up to 18 people can effectively work around the Octagon. This is achieved by having ten people at the frame itself and eight using functional equipment. Trainers can rotate people circuit style, which makes good business sense for the gym and maximizes the training experience for members.

11’

4’9”

sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

79

TRAINING.

04

ATHLETIC TRAINING FRAMES. Those seeking high performance need training facilities to match. With our range of Octagon BOX training frames, elite users have the ideal partner for their squats, presses, pull-ups, big lifts and cardio exercises. These frames give professional sports gyms, universities, colleges and strengthbased clubs the ability to provide safe and rewarding workout destinations for their more demanding users.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

HEAVY DUTY FRAMES FOR HEAVY DUTY LIFTING. 1

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

80

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

MONO.

HALF BOX.

The MONO gives clubs the core functionality of an Octagon Half BOX, with catch racks for barbell lifts and an overhead pull-up attachment.

However, by removing extra features like plate storage, we have created a frame with the same build quality but the minimum footprint required for this style of training. The MONO can either be bolted to the gym floor or supplied as a freestanding frame with feet and optional rubber foot pads.

A specialist station for strength training, with the outstanding build quality that’s essential for clubs and users serious about their performance. Catch racks are in place for barbell lifting, as well as extended catch rack arms for safety when squatting or bench pressing. Six weight horns take care of plate storage, plus there are pull-up bars and a horizontal beam for suspension trainers and resistance bands.

Connect to a HIT HUB for maximum functionality with minimum footprint.

See page 122 for details.

OCTAGON.

RUBBER OCTAGON FEET. These optional rubber feet are recommended when the MONO is used freestanding rather than bolted to the floor. They provide added grip and stability, and protect flooring from scratches.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

MADE IN

26ft Optimum space working area. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving OSQR01 MONO Frame and Attachments bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an MONO attachments include: ovative and engaging class. Introducing 1 x Catch Rack Pair heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our § 1 x Bull Horn Pull-Up Bar. ning programs means members get § ant, color-coded feedback on their Other color options available, please call for details. formance via their phone or a screen in Bolt to floor and freestanding versions available. gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

11’2”

2

DIMENSIONS.

3’3”

16ft2

Minimum working area for 1 user.

29ft

Optimum space working area.

2

OHB101 Half BOX Frame and Attachments Half BOX attachments include: § 6 x Weight Horns § 2 x Pull-Up Handles § 1 x Catch Rack Pair § 1 x Extended Catch Rack Pair Other color options available, please call for details.

3’4”

11’2”

DIMENSIONS.

7’9”

Minimum working area for 1 user.

Can accommodate 1 user working on the frame.

3’6”

1’6”

16ft2

1 USER.

9’2”

8’2”

Can accommodate 1 user working on the frame.

7’9”

YZONE.

1 USER.

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Half BOX can accommodate one user at a time.

6’6”

6

PLEASE NOTE. Bars and plates are sold seperately.

9’2”

7’9”

5

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The MONO can accommodate one user at a time.

6’2”

3

7’9”

2

BRITAIN

7’9”

PLEASE NOTE. All attachments, bars and plates are sold seperately.

5’1

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

81

WOD BOX 279.

The all-in-one location for strength workouts, with enough facilities for two people to train simultaneously. Catch racks, extended catch rack arms and catch straps are included, along with locators for adjustable pins for use with resistance bands. Pull-up bars are also there for bodyweight exercises. Available with or without plate storage facilities.

Adding an extra 12” in height to the WOD BOX 248 makes the WOD BOX 279 our ultimate high performance strength station. That extra overhead clearance will be welcomed by the biggest lifters who want to power though to the top of their jerks and presses with supreme confidence. It includes all the features of the WOD BOX 248, with a wing replacing the front pull-up bar.

Available with or without plate storage facilities.

TRAINING.

WOD BOX 248.

OCTAGON.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The WOD BOX 248 can accommodate two users at a time, typically with one person lifting and the other doing pull-ups.

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The WOD BOX 249 can accommodate two users at a time, typically with one person lifting and the other doing pull-ups and wing exercises.

9’2”

9’2”

1

Minimum working area for 2 users.

26ft

Minimum working area for 2 users.

39ft

Optimum space working area.

39ft

Optimum space working area.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

2

11’2”

8’2”

The journeyWOD to increased The rise ofDIMENSIONS. the niche-interest experiences OWOD248 BOX 248revenue and retention can be so much than just proves that people's taste for fitness has OWODS248 WOD BOX 248 more with Storage a numbers game.

Escape provides an changed.

There's a storage growing demand for fun, Without Octagon attachments include: exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's § 2 x Catch Rack Pairs drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why § 1 x Extended Catch Rack Pair exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their § 1 x Cross Beam business and bodies alike. offering in order to3’6” compete – it’s survival 3’6” § 6 x Weight Horns (with storage only)of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this § 1 x Bull Horn Pull Up Bar first-hand and discover ways in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group § 1 x Safety Strap Pair can innovate on what they learn in order to training experiences to their members.

Other color options available, please call for us details.Escape offers you a suite of programs with keep clients coming back for more.

Join in person or online for motivation, inspiration everything you need to get going straight 7’4” 4’6” and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than everWith to ensure your clients/members get the storage most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

3’6” 3’6” within This system of training supports PTs gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

9’7”

5’9”

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

2

3

5

6

11’5” 4

2

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

Can accommodate up to 2 users working on the frame

11’2”

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for OWOD279 WOD BOX 279 DIMENSIONS. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and aiming the OWODS279 WODtrainers BOX 279 with for Storage Without of exercise videos andstorage instructional text highest level of member experience.

Octagon attachments include: for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed § 2 x Catch Rack Pairs Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind § 1 x Extended Catch Rack Pair annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the x Cross updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence§to1 work withBeam any member.

3’6” 3’6” § 6 x Weight Horns (with storage only) so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods. § 1 x Safety Strap Pair practical knowledge and real experience § 1 x Wing The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses.

This is why we create the call veryfor best Other color options available, please details. in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you 4.6” train in-club, at home 7’4” or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

9’3”

2

11’5”

26ft

2 USERS.

9’8”

Can accommodate up to 2 users working on the frame

2

82

9’8”

2 USERS.

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to storage Escape programming, giving With clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs 3’6” means members get 3’6” instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or 9’7” 5’9” seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

OCTAGON HALF SQUAD 2.0.

The Octagon Half Squad provides essential space for users to improve their strength and power. Its slimline design makes it one of the few frames that can sit so closely to a wall. It is half the depth of other Octagon BOX frames – perfect for busy clubs, or areas where space is limited. Four tiers of integrated equipment shelving allows users to quickly access functional equipment, reducing time in between sets.

OCTAGON.

USERS AND WORKING AREA. The Half Squad configuration allows for a dedicated lifting and strength solution, without sacrificing too much floor space. This gives members or team mates the opportunity to train alongside one another regardless of how large the squad is. Install the Half Squad if you have members or sports teams looking for a space that allows them to squat, press and lift. Plus, it features integrated storage to hold equipment such as VERTBALLs, kettlebells, dumbbells, Bulgarian bags and plates.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

14’9”

3

5

6

Can accommodate up to 3 users working on the frame.

30ft2

Minimum working area for up to 3 users.

49ft2

Optimum working area

6’6”

2

3 USERS.

24’8”

YZONE. Half Squad 2.0 Frame, 16 Storage Shelves, OBHS202 Half Squad 2.0 Frame, 8 Storage Shelves Half Squad attachments include: § 2 x Suspension Beams § 2 x Toast Racks § 2 x Catch Rack Pairs § 2 x Extended Catch Rack Pairs § 6 x Weight Horns § 4 x Pull-Up Handles OBHS201

REGISTERED DESIGN.

Other color options available, please call for details.

DIMENSIONS. 14’11”

3’1”

7’11”

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with PLEASE NOTE. ustry leading programming and the Frames doability not include balls, bags, bars, esign workouts according to trends or dumbbells, kettlebells or plates. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

16’6”

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

5’1”

83

TRAINING.

OCTAGON FRAME ATTACHMENTS. Escape offers a wide selection of optional attachments to maximize the functionality and versatility of your Octagon frames. A small selection is shown below. Please contact us or your sales representative for details of the full range.

MARS FRAME ATTACHMENT. The MARS frame attachment fits a universal iPad mount to any Octagon frame leg, via a VESA compatible mounting point.

Not only will this fixture complement your frame and training tools, it’ll draw attention and create a focal point surrounded by numerous workout locations.

CLAW.

TORSO TRAINER.

The claw can be positioned towards the top of a frame to store ropes and bands.

OCA056 Torso Trainer

OCA014 Claw

HIT WING. OCA054 HIT Wing

The MARS screen is perfect for increasing ROI by enhancing user experience and keeping gym-goers engaged in any fitness space, manned or unmanned.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. MARS Octagon leg bracket.

Includes Octagon leg bracket and MARS screen mount plate.

DOCK BOXING BRACKET.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymFor precision, the leg, dock and wall are perfect goers.

That’s whytargets we have an extensive for the classic ‘squat-and-throw’ wall ball exercise. range of training experiences, both in digital These are designed to be installed above head height, face-to-face formats. one imparts and include 9ft and and 10ft markings necessary for Each CrossFit WODs. Use VERTBALL, VERTMINI or all Double Gripfitness, starting at knowledge about things Medballs as they have just enough bounce to drop back the programming and delivering group training into the user’s hands for the next rep. experience, to gamification and much more.

LEG, DOCK AND WALL TARGETS.

OCE051 OCE016 OCE017 OCE013

T1 Target Dock Target Leg Target Wall Target

SPECIFICATIONS. Dock Target: Size 23½” x 33½”. Weight 25.4 lbs Leg Target: Size 23½” x 37½”. Weight 9.5 lbs Wall Target: Size 23½” x 23½”. Weight 29.3 lbs

REACTION WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. PRO BOUNDER.

84

EXTENDED CATCH RACK ARMS.

OCA061 Dock Boxing Bracket

OCA006 Wing Attachment Short

OCA053 Extended Catch Rack Arms (pair)

BOXING ARM.

FIXED DIP STATION.

BAR HOLDER. 1

OCA007 Boxing Arm with Swivel

OCA016 Fixed Dip Station

2

3

OCA011 Single Bar Holder 4

5

6

HOLSTER. BUSINESS IN A BOX.

The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences Agility, reaction time, hand-eye coordination, proprioceptive retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has awareness, upper body strength and balance can all be a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, developed with this attachment. The VERTMINI and Double exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's Grip Medball are amongonthe tools that can partner drawing decades of knowledge forwith the why small studios are doing so well and why Reaction Pro Bounder fast and fun exercises. exciting for workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and Bounder discover ways in which they OCA051 Reaction Pro can innovate what they learn in order to OCA052 Reaction Proon Bounder Teeth keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATIONS. in person or online motivation, Reaction Pro Bounder: Size 28”for x 32” x 37”. inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

WING.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers BRITAIN you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

MADE IN

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

Store a full range of 2.5-35lbs dumbbells on two HOLSTERs THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. or for INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. MYZONE. heavy weights, the HOLSTERs can handle a range GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the of up to 50lbs. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the first partnership of its kind – introducing HOLDS THE of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

Myzone toFOLLOWING Escape programming, giving DUMBBELLS: for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an 5-50lbs and 10-30lbs Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind and engaging class. Introducing for innovative ACTDB-SBX annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training methods, so that trainers gain the 5-50lbs and 10-30lbs updated with the latest Escape innovations for training confidence to work with any member.

AEPDBprograms means members get so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their 2-20lbs full set The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods. performance via APUD their phone or a screen in Classic urethanes knowledge and real experience OCA015practical Rope Pulley the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness 2.5-35lbs for PAA are paramount to the way we create our (without Mount Arm) Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced This isMount why we create the very best OCA012courses.

Rope pulley industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course and support that allows you Arm -content Order with Rope Pulley OCA076 HOLSTER OCA069 Weight Horn to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

ROPE PULLEY UNIT.

WEIGHT HORN.

OCTAGON.

OCA062

TRAINING.

STANDARD COLOR OPTIONS.

01

05

09

LEGS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

LEGS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

LEGS: TRAFFIC WHITE q RAL9016

ATTACHMENTS: YELLOW GREEN q RAL6018

ATTACHMENTS: YELLOW GREEN q RAL6018

ATTACHMENTS: YELLOW GREEN q RAL6018

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

02

06

10

LEGS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

LEGS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

LEGS: TRAFFIC WHITE q RAL9016

ATTACHMENTS: SKY BLUE q RAL5015

ATTACHMENTS: SKY BLUE q RAL5015

ATTACHMENTS: SKY BLUE q RAL5015

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

03

07

11

LEGS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

LEGS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

LEGS: TRAFFIC WHITE q RAL9016

ATTACHMENTS: TRAFFIC RED q RAL3020

ATTACHMENTS: TRAFFIC RED q RAL3020

ATTACHMENTS: TRAFFIC RED q RAL3020

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

YZONE.

04

08

12

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing CHOOSE YOUR COLORS. zone to Escape programming, giving Pictured here of areall12 examples of Octagon frame and attachment bs, boutiques and studios sizes an color combinations to illustrate what is possible. But remember, ovative and engaging class. Introducing you canMyzone, specifyinto anyour combination of the standard colors. heart rate tracker, In addition, Octagonget frames can also be supplied in individualized ning programs means members colors, for example to match your club’s branding – please contact ant, color-coded feedback on their ustheir for details. formance via phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

LEGS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

LEGS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

LEGS: TRAFFIC WHITE q RAL9016

ATTACHMENTS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

ATTACHMENTS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

ATTACHMENTS: ALUMINIUM q RAL9006

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

CROSS BEAMS: ANTHRACITE GREY q RAL7016

After you’ve invested hours designing the perfect gym space, why settle for training frames in a single color? Escape now offers an expanded range of color options, giving you the opportunity to create functional frames that suit your unique club environment. You can order frames and attachments in any of these colors to really bring your fitness space to life.

TRAFFIC WHITE RAL9016

TRAFFIC RED RAL3020

YELLOW GREEN RAL6018

2

3

5

TRAFFIC ORANGE RAL20096

METALLIC SILVER RAL9007

OCTAGON.

ANTHRACITE GREY RAL7016

JET BLACK RAL9005

TRAFFIC BLUE RAL5017

RAPESEED YELLOW RAL1021

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

85

Group exercise is bringing more and more people into clubs for the first time while also providing extra interest and motivation for seasoned gym users. Boutique studios are opening around the world, usually offering people a schedule of exciting classes led by expert instructors. These boutiques are seriously challenging traditional clubs, who need to respond with superb group programming based around training tools with the right design and features for dynamic, challenging workouts. Escape has a range of products that are ideal for the studio, so whether you are reinventing your existing studio offering or looking to break into this area, we have the tools you need.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

STUDIO.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

86

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

TRAINING.

STUDIO.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

1

2

3

4

5

6

STEP PLATFORM SOLUTION DECK 2.0 URETHANE REP SET THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. MYZONE. ECO REP SET GO COACH helps professionals enhance We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the client sessions – deliveringURETHANE an abundance first partnership of its kind – introducing HANDWEIGHTS of exercise videos and instructional text Myzone to Escape programming, giving STUDIOclubs, KETTLEBELLS for the products in the Escape range. boutiques and studios of all sizes an Accessible through the iPad Pro on an innovative and engaging class. Introducing POWER TUBES annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our updated with the latest Escape innovations training programs means members get RESISTANCE TUBES so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in TRAINING BARS the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness Combining wearable digital technology with PRO BOUNDER to your phone. Whether you're experienced industry leading programming and the ability in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you to design workouts according to trends or STRONGBOX train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

THE ESCAPE RISER.

STEP.

TRAINING.

STEP PLATFORM SOLUTION. Use a single STEP for classic step exercises, raise the height with RISERs for more challenge, or create an inclined platform for extra stepping options or bench work. Versatility is guaranteed and it’s easy to switch between configurations mid-workout.

TECH SPEC. Both platforms are made from polypropylene that’s strong yet allows a little ‘give’ for superb feel. It’s also light enough to ensure excellent portability. The top mats and stabilizing blocks are made from anti-slip thermoplastic rubber, so even the fastest moves can be performed safely and confidently.

The Escape RISER takes the stepping scene up to the next level. Not only can it be used to increase the height of the STEP platform, but it can be used as a stepping platform in its own right. Wide enough to step on, but narrow enough to straddle – the RISER can be used to create dynamic workouts that get the user moving in all planes of motion.

RISERS.

RISERS RAISING STEP.

DESIGN. Eye-catching colors bring this studio favorite right up to date, with anatomic targets on the top mats for precise workouts. A unique locking system means that STEPs and RISERs fit together securely in multiple combinations.

EXPERT TIP. Don’t just stick to one platform surface per person: use a number of STEPs and/or RISERs to encourage people to travel backwards, forwards and sideways from unit to unit. Get people to use their feet and hands on the platforms, and use the built-in resistance tube channels for whole-body workouts.

RISERS RAISING STEP INTO INCLINE POSITION.

STUDIO.

ANATOMIC HOT SPOTS. Precise targets as a guide for correct foot and hand positions, and to hit in combinations for endless variety and challenge.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

HEAT WELDED TOP MATS. Instead of simply gluing the mats to the STEP and RISER they are attached via more robust heat welding for long-term performance.

REGISTERED PATENTED. DESIGN.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the STEP01 1 x STEP t partnership of its kind – introducing STEP03 3 x STEPs Pack zone to Escape programming, giving STEP04 STEP bs, boutiques and studiosEscape of all sizes an (1 x STEP, 2 x RISERs) Escape STEP (1 x STEP, 4 x RISERs) ovative and STEP05 engaging class.

Introducing STEP07 STEP heart rate tracker, Myzone, into Club our Pack (3 x STEPs, 6 x RISERs) ning programs means members get Club Pack allows a configuration of 1 RISER underneath ant, color-coded feedback on for their each of aorSTEP. RISERs formance via theirend phone a screen in can also be used with the STEP to create inclined platforms. gym, adding an element of gamification.

mbining wearable digital technology with SPECIFICATIONS. ustry leading programming and the ability STEP01: Size 4” x 17½”or x 42”. Weight 13.7 lbs. esign workouts according to trends sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

LOCKING CONNECTORS. Line up the red connectors and a firm push locks STEPs and RISERs securely together.

STEP02 STEP06

1 x RISER 6 x RISER Pack

SPECIFICATIONS. STEP02: Size 4” x 17” x 17”. Weight 4.1 lbs.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

87

STEP, RAMP OR BENCH? YOU DECIDE.

LOW STEP.

The Deck 2.0 delivers superb versatility for step, circuits, BODYPUMP™ and bootcamps.

With 16 possible configurations across Step, Ramp and Bench modes, it’s the perfect tool for whole body individual workouts, and as the basis for group training programs.

RAMP (8° INCLINE/DECLINE).

TRAINING.

DECK 2.0.

TECH SPEC. The Deck 2.0 is packed with features to support performance: a top surface with hot spots and intelligent grip, strong steel tubing supporting the adjustable back rest, resistance tube channels, and integrated equipment storage.

DESIGN. The key to the Deck 2.0’s versatility is its three modes. Step mode has low (8”) and high (14”) settings, Ramp mode adds a different step challenge, and Bench mode means you can incorporate lifting into workouts.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

HIGH STEP.

TRAINING. Escape’s HIIT THE DECK group training program works for large groups, small groups, boutique studios and one-to-one PT. The package includes workout videos and templates, trainer education materials, and even the music you need for large group choreographed sessions.

STUDIO.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymBENCH. goers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital ANATOMIC HOT SPOTS. and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts Targets help guide users to where their hands and feet knowledge about all things fitness, starting at should be on every rep. the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

INTELLIGENT GRIP. Texture varies across the surface to match up with the demands of hands or feet in particular areas.

HEAT WELDED TOP MATS. Robust heat welding secures the top mat for long-term durability.

EQUIPMENT STORAGE. This compartment is a great place to store equipment such as handweights and resistance bands for fastpaced changes between exercise styles.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to REGISTERED REGISTERED and bodies alike.

PATENT. DESIGN. business Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they Deck 2.0 can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATION. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 8” (flat), 38” (extended) x 14” x 48”. Weight 28.7 lbs. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

EST-DECK

88

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

With our varied industry and evolving The rise of the niche-interest experiences exercise trends, it’s more important than proves that people's taste for fitness has ever to ensure your clients/members get the changed. There's a growing demand for fun, ADJUST THE ANGLES. fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's most engaging training experience and the Adjust thevery backrest through three is essential – best results.

Education why small studios are doing so well and why different angles when using the upskill with Escape. established clubs often need to revisit their Deck 2.0 in Bench mode. offering in order to compete – it’s survival This system of training supports PTs within of the fittest. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

1

2

3

4

5

6

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience PRODUCT TRAINING AVAILABLE.

are paramount to thetoway we create For more information and order your our courses.training This is why we createvisit: the very best online product workshop, course content and support that allows you escape.training to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

URETHANE ECO REP SET.

Made from hard-wearing urethane, this rep set is guaranteed to stay looking good and deliver longlasting results.

The Urethane Eco Rep Set gives facilities an opportunity to bring extra environmental credentials to their offering, as it’s made from 93% recycled material.

TRAINING.

URETHANE REP SET.

MADE IN

BRITAIN

While stocks last.

DESIGN. Vibrant, engaging colors make weight identification quick and easy, meaning minimal time is wasted when changing loads between sets. The Hollow Bar is strong and will not bend, even when more advanced members use heavier loads.

2

5

STORAGE. To keep the Urethane Rep Sets tidy and easily accessible for members, store them on one of our dedicated racks. Choose between the 30 Rep Set Rack (ESC300RACKS) or a 10 Rep Set 3 Rack (PARSR02).

6

Urethane Rep Set 2 x 2.75 lbs Urethane Plates – Pink 2 x 5.5 lbs Urethane Plates – Green 2 x 11 lbs Urethane Plates – Blue 2 x 1¼” Rep Set Clamp Collars with YZONE. protective rubber inserts 1¼” Hollow Bar (pictured on the right) with ve joined forces with Myzone in the urethane end caps to help protect flooring t partnership of its kind – introducing EST-PURWSET

zone to Escape programming, giving EST-REPB Rep Set Bar bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an EST-RRSCC SBX Rep Set Clamp Collar – Pair ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our30 Rep Set Rack – Holds 30 Sets 01. ESC300RACKS ning programs means members get 02. PARS02 10 Rep Set Rack – Holds 10 Sets ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in RACK SPECIFICATIONS. gym, adding an element of gamification.

ESC300RACKS: Size 56” x 30” x 68”. mbining wearable digital technology with PARSR01: Size 63” x 25” x 30”. ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends Rep Sets not included or with racks. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

PATENT ECO PENDING. FRIENDLY.

STUDIO.

TECH SPEC. Manufactured from high-quality urethane which makes these rep sets long-lasting and durable. The urethane end caps on the Hollow Bar help protect studio floors from damage if sets are dropped from a height.

WHAT’S ‘ECO’ ABOUT THE ECO REP SET? The unique process we use to manufacture the Eco Rep Set plates uses minimal urethane and 100% recycled steel. It also consumes less energy than traditional manufacturing methods and ensures suitability for end-of-life recycling.

TECH SPEC. The plates are made via a unique manufacturing process, where discarded engine blocks are recycled into small shot beads and then blended with resin and urethane. The end result is a great combination of durability and environmental performance.

DESIGN. The sleek, satin black urethane finish looks great and is tough and durable. It’s kind to polished floors, which makes it an ideal choice for use in group X studios. Bright green bar ends and clamp collars add a splash of color.

STORAGE. To keep the Urethane Eco Rep Set in pristine condition and easily accessible for members, store them on a 10 Rep Set Rack (PARSR02).

ECOSET

Urethane Eco Rep Set 2 x 2.75 lbs Urethane Eco Plates 2 x 5.5 lbs Urethane Eco Plates 2 x 11 lbs Urethane Eco Plates 2 x 1¼” Rep Set Clamp Collars with protective rubber inserts 1¼” Hollow Bar with urethane end caps to help protect flooring

EST-REPB EST-RRSCC

Rep Set Bar SBX Rep Set Clamp Collar - Pair

PARS02

10 Rep Set Rack – Holds 10 Sets

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. Size 63” x 25” x 30”.

Eco Rep Sets not included with racks.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

89

STUDIO KETTLEBELLS.

TRAINING.

URETHANE HANDWEIGHTS AND RACK.

Studio kettlebell workouts are very popular in health and fitness clubs, providing members with fun sessions that help them develop key functional training skills.

These handweights are made from hard-wearing polyurethane and designed to be durable, impact absorbing and scratch resistant, meaning they will stay looking great for longer.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

STORAGE. Store the Studio Kettlebells on the Ultra Low level storage rack, which holds 2 pairs of each weight – 8, 16, 24, 32 and 40 lbs. If you want to mix kettlebells with other equipment, the RACK5 and the Corner Storage unit can store combinations of your choice on each shelf.

TRAINING. Get the very best from your kettlebells with the instructor training course. This provides trainers and coaches with all the knowledge they need to implement key kettlebell exercises like the swing and the snatch.

TECH SPEC. Urethane is comfortable on the hands and impact absorbing, so members can keep up their effort right until the last rep. The most durable handweight in our range.

DESIGN. These handweights have a triangular head so they are ideal for performing burpees, press-ups and rows with a stable foundation.

AEST-VKB8 AEST-VKB16 AEST-VKB24 AEST-VKB32 AEST-VKB40

STORAGE. Keep the Urethane Handweights safe and tidy with the Handweight Rack, which holds 18 pairs.

AEST-PUHW2 2 lbs PU Handweight – Pair – Purple WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. AEST-PUHW4 4 lbs PU Handweight – Pair – Green to Handweight increased revenue AEST-PUHW6The6 journey lbs PU – Pairand – Blue so much more than just AEST-PUHW8retention 8 lbs can PUbe Handweight – Pair – Gray a numbers game. Escape provides an AEST-PUHW10 10 lbs PU Handweight – Pair – Black exhaustive experience in every respect, on decades knowledge ESC-21049 drawing Handweight RackofSilver holds for 12 pairs exciting workouts that bring big benefits to Studio Handweights business and bodies alike.

ESCPAD Protective rubber feet for racks Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they RACK SPECIFICATIONS. can innovate on what they learn in order to ESC-21049: Size 57½" x 21" x 26". Weight 42½lbs. keep clients coming back for more. Join us person or online motivation, inspiration Handweights in not included withfor racks. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

90

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

STUDIO.

TECH SPEC. Our Studio Kettlebells are made to sit comfortably in the hand so members can concentrate on their workout. Cast iron construction with a vinyl dip covering means these kettlebells will last longer, but studio floors will also be protected.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

8 lbs 16 lbs 24 lbs 32 lbs 40 lbs

Studio Kettlebell – Each – Pink Studio Kettlebell – Each – Green Studio Kettlebell – Each – Blue Studio Kettlebell – Each – Gray Studio Kettlebell – Each – Black

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. ULLSS11 Octagon Storage Solution holds up to 4 sets of 8 - 40 lb GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for (20 Studio kettlebells) client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the PAKBR10 Kettlebell Rackexperience.

Oval Frame of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member holds upcourses to 10 kettlebells (see page 89) for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification are designed ESC20RACK Kettlebell - holds up to 10 Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how Rack and why behind Studio kettlebells - While stocks training methods, so that trainers gain the last annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. so you can stay up to date with new The importance research, ULLSS11: Size 16"ofxin-depth 53" x 30".

Weight 114 lbs. products and training methods. practical Size knowledge and xreal PAKBR10: 33" x 20" 47".experience Weight 79 lbs. are paramount to the way we create our ESC20RACK: Size 17" x 22" x 58".

Weight 93 lbs. The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you Equipment sold separately. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

TRAINING.

POWER TUBES.

TRAINING BARS. Training bars add weight and resistance to bodyweight exercises and are an effective introduction to weight training.

DESIGN. A lightweight, color-coded design makes these perfect for busy studios or PTs on the go.

TECH SPEC. Our Power Tubes come in a standard length of 48” regardless of resistance level.

STORAGE. Keep your studio accessories tidy – use the Ammo Box to store this equipment (sold separately).

EST-PT1 EST-PT2 EST-PT3

Power Tube Level 01 – Pink Power Tube Level 02 – Green Power Tube Level 03 – Blue

STUDIO.

RESISTANCE TUBES.

2

3

5

6

DESIGN. YZONE. Brightly color-coded to bring group X experiences to life and for level recognition. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnershipTECH of its SPEC. kind – introducing Sure-grip handlesgiving will not get slippery during tough workouts, zone to Escape programming, bs, boutiques studios of are all sizes soand these bands greatan for fast-paced studio sessions. ovative and engaging class. Introducing STORAGE. heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our Keep your members Resistance ning programs means getTubes tidy – use the Ammo Box to store this equipment. ant, color-coded feedback on their (sold separately). formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

EST-RTL1 Resistance mbining wearable digital technology withTube Level 01 – Pink EST-RTL2 Resistance Tube Level 02 – Green ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or Tube Level 03 – Blue EST-RTL3 Resistance sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

DESIGN. The Training Bars are the same length and diameter, regardless of weight – 49” x 1.5”. A sleek, eye-catching design adds an outstanding experience to group X sessions.

EXPERT TIP. Use these Training Bars to offer dynamic and lively group training classes to develop coordination and to mimic different movements like rowing and pressing.

STORAGE. Keep Training Bars tidy – use the Training Bar Rack to store your Training Bars and make them easily accessible for members.

EST-TB3 EST-TB4 EST-TB5

7 lbs Training Bar – Pink 9 lbs Training Bar – Green 11 lbs Training Bar – Blue

ESC18RACKS

Training Bar Rack

ESCPAD

Protective rubber feet for racks

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. Size 45” x 28” x 46”. Weight 75 lbs.

Training Bars not included with racks.

Rubber Feet not included.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

91

PRO BOUNDER.

TRAINING.

TM

Specially manufactured for commercial use, the Pro Bounder is safe, strong and fun. It features rubber bungees in place of steel springs for ultimate member safety and a smooth rebounding workout. Light enough to carry around your club, but durable enough for the demands of a busy gym, the Pro Bounder adds bounce to any workout.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. STUDIO. STUDIO.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

TECH SPEC. Rubber bungees are used on the Pro Bounder as they provide a smoother bounce than springs and are safer for users if they get hands or feet caught within the cords. For extra safety, the bungees are covered by a protective mat.

DESIGN. The frame of the Pro Bounder is an extremely strong steel tube, light enough to carry around sturdy enough for even the most IN A BOX. WHY TRAIN WITHbut ESCAPE. BUSINESS aggressive rebounding. Rubber bumpers act as ‘feet’ on the legs The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences to ensure it does not move during fast-paced workouts. retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has a numbers changed. There's a growing demand for fun, EXPERT TIP. game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience respect, fast training, usually in a HIIT style. It's Use the Pro Bounder as partinofevery circuits or bootcamps forgroup a drawing on decades of knowledge why small studios are doing so well and why station that provides an effective cardiofor workout. Rebounding exciting workouts that such bringas bigreduced benefitsstress to established clubs often need to revisit their has physiological benefits, on joints businesslymphatic and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival and boosted drainage. of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they EST-REBOU Proon Bounder can innovate what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATION. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 45¾” x 12¼”. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

92

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

1

2

3

4

5

6

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

TRAINING.

STRONGBOX. The futuristic look of this revolutionary, all-in-one workout station will appeal to design-conscious gyms who want an experience that attracts and retains members.

INNOVATE AND EVOLVE. CREATE A STAND-OUT EXPERIENCE.

An all-in-one training bench, plyo platform and equipment storage unit, STRONGBOX not only looks cool, but speeds up transitions and enhances safety too, storing equipment neatly to hand.

STUDIO.

PATENT PENDING. TECH SPEC. Using the same steel construction, STRONGBOX has lost none of the long-term strength and performance of its predecessor, the B-BOX. Ergonomically designed octagon-shaped back pads allow clearance for exercises while your back remains supported.

2

5

YZONE.

STORAGE AND ACCESSIBILITY. • Rack shelving with integrated covers for dumbbell protection.

Stores up to six pairs of dumbbells: - SBX dumbbells (5lbs-30lbs or 10lbs-35lbs).

- Urethane dumbbells (5lbs-30lbs or 10lbs-35lbs).

- Classic Urethane dumbbells (2lbs-12lbs, 4lbs-14lbs, 6lbs-16lbs, 8lbs-18lbs or 10lbs-20lbs).

3 - Edge Urethane dumbbells (2lbs-12lbs, 4lbs-14lbs, 6lbs-16lbs or 8lbs-18lbs).

INJECTION MOULDED PADS. Injection moulded pads are tough and hygienic.

6 • Three storage shelves and quick release compartment stores a choice of: - Up to 2 GRIPRs. - Up to 2 kettlebells (20lbs and 25lbs).

- Resistance Tubes.

- Med balls.

DUMBBELLS. • SBX. • Urethane.

• Classic Urethane.

• Edge Urethane.

• Hooks resistance ve joined forces with for Myzone in the bands and Power/Resistance Tubes. t partnership of its kind – introducing EXPERT TIP. zone to Escape programming, giving Store pairsofofalldumbbells bs, boutiques and six studios sizes an of different weights to accommodate users of different abilities in a single session. Choose your range of ovative and engaging class. Introducing equipment wisely blend cardio, strength and power exercises that heart rate tracker, Myzone, intotoour require a range of weights into your workouts and programming. ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in STRONGBOX gym, addingSTRBOX2 an element of gamification.

mbining wearable digital technology with ustry leadingSPECIFICATIONS. programming and the ability Sizeaccording 20” x 51” to x 20”.

Weight: 198 lbs empty. esign workouts trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

PRODUCT STORAGE. Shelving for products such as GRIPRs, resistance tubes, med balls, or even keys and mobile phones safeguards equipment to free up the gym floor.

PLEASE NOTE: Accessories sold separately.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

93

TRAINING.

LEATHER JUMP ROPE. Thicker and heavier for a gruelling upper body workout. This rope will take pride of place in the workouts of boxers and martial arts athletes.

DESIGN. A heavier and thicker rope – the Leather Jump Rope is perfect for specialist combat and boxing gyms.

TECH SPEC. The weight of the rope means the user has to work the upper body and the arms, which gets the heart racing.

TESTING. The Leather Jump Rope is stress tested to 50,000 rotations to ensure maximum durability.

Leather Jump Rope - Length 118”

EST-SRL

MEET THE TEAM FITNESS OFROPE. MASTER JUMP TRAINERS. The ideal rope for introducing members to jump rope training.

This ropeisiseverything, also up to and the task of Experience Escape giving moreunderstands advanced users a tool to improve that we all work better together, coordination and raise their heart rate. sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymTESTING. EXPERT TIP. DESIGN. goers. AThat’s why we haveThis anrope extensive is stress great tool A lightweight range of in digital testedboth to 50,000 to training improve experiences, rope that is a true so itimparts endurance, formats.rotations all-rounder – ideal and face-to-face Each one will stand up to coordination and for PTs who are knowledge about all things fitness, starting at your members’ timing. Up the on the go or for the programming and delivering training toughestgroup workouts. speed as technique incorporating into improves. group training experience, to gamification and much more. sessions.

Fitness Jump Rope - Length 114”

EST-ROPE5

CROSS TRAINING JUMP ROPE. High jumping meets high performance. The ideal rope for serious CrossFit fans to perfect doubleunders due to its roller-bearing handles and ultraWHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. lightweight rope.

The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has DESIGN. EXPERT TIP. providesTESTING. a numbers game. Escape an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, experience in every respect, Stress testedfast to group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's Designed with exhaustive Use jump ropes drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why 50,000 rotations passionate CrossFit with members or exciting workouts thatwant bring to established clubs often need to revisit their – the bearings fans in mind, this clients who tobig benefits business tone and bodies offering in order to compete – it’s survival in this rope will ultra-thin rope is up and alike. build of the fittest. ensurethis smooth ideal for perfecting This exercise Our teammuscle. of Master Trainers experience

and they speedy double-unders.first-handprovides a complete and discover ways in which bodyonworkout. can innovate what they learn in rotations. order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration EST-ROPE3 and Cross Training Jump Rope - Length 116” perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

94

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

1

2

3

4

5

6

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your favourite Escape equipment.

RACK5.

UNIVERSAL SHELVING.

TM TRAINING.

The RACK5 is a versatile storage option that will keep your facility tidy and your functional training equipment in peak condition when not in use. Multiple bumper options are included in the RACK5 box, and the ability to adapt the shelves on the RACK5 enables users to organize the shelves to their facility’s unique needs. Do you have more Corebags than CMTs, or are you looking for a single storage station for a variety of functional training equipment? The RACK5 has you covered.

BAG AND ROLLER SHELF.

KETTLEBELL SHELF.

CMT AND BOSU SHELF.

GYM BALL SHELF.

VERTBALL SHELF.

TOTAL GRIP MEDBALL AND VERTMINI SHELF.

MULTI GRIP MEDBALL AND SLAMBALL SHELF.

BULGARIAN BAG SHELF.

RACK5 features integrated adjustable storage shelves for a range of functional kit. These pictures illustrate how equipment is stored on the various configurations.

RACK5 MAT ATTACHMENT. The RACK5 Mat Attachment can be screwed on the back of the RACK5, allowing the Escape range of mats (with eyelets) to be stored.

2

5

These images illustrate how various equipment is stored on the tray configurations listed above. They display how to correctly organize the RACK5 bumpers to safely store any range of functional training equipment.

DESIGN. The RACK5 is innovative and functional, providing a one-stop storage rack for a range of functional training equipment. Shelves can be arranged to suit the unique needs of gyms and studios to 3 overcome storage challenges and clear up untidy floors.

TECH SPEC. 6 The RACK5 is made from strong carbon steel for inherent strength, and painted with a powder coat for a scratch-resistant finish. A range of plastic bumpers and guards can be selected and attached to the shelves based on what type of equipment will be stored.

STORAGE.

YZONE.

STORAGE EXAMPLES.

TRAINING. ve joined forces with Myzone in the members’ opportunities to develop their functional, t partnershipMaximize of its kindyour – introducing power, strength, mobility zone to Escape programming, giving and core performance with RACK5 packs that have beenofdesigned specifically to propel clients towards bs, boutiques and studios all sizes an physical performance. ovative and exceptional engaging class.

Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get RACK5 RACK5 ant, color-coded feedback on their RACK5B5 formance via their phone or RACK5 a screenMat in Attachment

gym, adding an element of gamification.

RACK SPECIFICATIONS. mbining wearable digital technology with RACK5: Size 73" x the 23½" x 27½". Weight 165 lbs. ustry leading programming and ability RACK5B5: Size 15¾" xor 4¼" x 14". esign workouts according to trends

sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

REGISTERED PATENT.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

95

Stretch, bend, flex and spring – it’s not all about heavy weights. Get your body moving freely before and after sessions with the right treatment for maximum performance. Take some ‘me’ time with our yoga equipment or work on bodyweight moves with our range of mats. Relieve tired muscles, revive key joints and condition the core with our bright range of mobility equipment, designed to help everyone get the most from their workouts.

TRAINING.

FLEXIBILITY.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

2

3

4

5

6

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

MYZONE.

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an exhaustive experience in every respect, drawing on decades of knowledge for exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's why small studios are doing so well and why established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

96

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best course content and support that allows you to deliver the best training to members.

MATS ROLLERS GYM BALLS The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness to your phone. Whether you're experienced DUAL ACTION PUMP in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you train in-club, at home or outside with your BOSU favourite Escape equipment.

FLEXIBILITY.

1

HOW TO CHOOSE.

TRAINING.

MATS.

Our range of mats has been expertly designed and constructed, offering the greatest possible experience to a user – seasoned pro or absolute beginner alike. They are versatile, hard-wearing and hygienic.

While stocks last.

01

YOGA MAT.

This mat features a centered dotted line for guidance, which makes it the ideal mat for beginners.

02

ECO YOGA MAT.

This Eco Yoga Mat has a safe and grippy surface, and is produced with the environment in mind. Latex foam, anti-slip base.

COMPARISON CHART.

5

YOGA MAT.

ECO YOGA MAT.

CORE MAT.

FLEX MAT.

MULTI MAT.

USE

Yoga

Yoga

General use, crunches, stretches, etc

Stretching, Pilates

Stretching, balance, massage, floor exercises

MATERIAL

PVC

PVC

PVC with sealed foam filling

Foam

PVC compound foam

Pilates, mind/ body studios

PT spaces, stretch areas

03

3

AREA

Yoga studios

Yoga studios

PT spaces, stretch areas

SIZE

72” x 24” x ¼”

72” x 24” x ¼”

40” x 20” x ³/8”

72½” x 24” x ³/8”

79” x 39” x 1”

Central alignment markings, sticky feel

Bright color, welcoming for beginners, toxin-free

Easy clean and wipe down, cushioning

Non-marking base, high grip

Durable but cushioned, antislip surface

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

6

CORE MAT.

A hard-wearing, easy-to-clean and hygienic mat that is perfect for studio work.

04

FLEX MAT.

A high-grip, textured surface featuring a fast-acting memory foam that returns quickly to its original shape for a more comfortable mat.

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving FEATURE bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get EYELETS ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with WARRANTY ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

1 year

1 year

1 year

1 year

2 years

05

MULTI MAT.

PVC covering and compound foam create an easy-to-clean, versatile and comfortable mat that is at home in any studio.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

97

FLEXIBILITY.

2

FEATURES.

TRAINING.

ECO YOGA MAT. Our Eco Yoga Mat is toxin-free so has good environmental credentials. This is primarily a yoga mat but, given its premium look and feel, can be used for other stretching-based work, too.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

While stocks last.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

TECH SPEC. Toxin-free construction helps protect the environment from hazardous chemicals. Latex foam, anti-slip base.

DESIGN. Offers the user a safe and stable foundation on which to enjoy and develop their yoga with a sure grip-surface.

STORAGE. Store the Eco Yoga Mat on the Freestanding Mat Storage Rack or the RACK5 Mat Attachment to keep your studio mats in top condition. (Sold separately.)

EST-EYMAT

TECH SPEC. The material used for the Yoga Mat is chosen for its excellent grip, comfort and easy-clean properties.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

DESIGN. The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences The mat features a central white positioning retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has guide for hand and feet alignment. a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's STORAGE. drawing on decades knowledge for Mat Storage why small studios are doing so well and why Store the Yoga Mats onof the Freestanding exciting that Attachment bring big benefits toyour established clubs often need to revisit their Rack or theworkouts RACK5 Mat to keep business bodies alike.(Sold separately.) offering in order to compete – it’s survival studio mats and in top condition. of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this

98

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Eyelets for hanging onsupports Escape’sPTs matwithin This system of training storage racks. gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

YOGA BLOCK. Developed for heavy use, our Yoga Block is made from highTHE ESCAPE quality foam and is heavier, stronger and will last longer than most FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. lightweight alternatives.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for client sessions – delivering an abundance companies YOGA STRAP.and trainers aiming for the of exercise yoga videos and instructional text highest member experience.

The Yoga level Strapofallows users to achieve those hard-to-reach the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed positions.

It will stay in place thanks to the robust for buckle that Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give holds you the how andatwhy securely the strap the behind right length. annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

EST-YOGB Yoga Block – Pink so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods.

EST-YOGS Yoga Strap practical knowledge and real experience The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our SPECIFICATIONS. to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This why we create EST-YOGB: Sizeis9” x 5½” x 3”. the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you EST-YOGS: Size 671/3”. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FLEXIBILITY.

YOGA BLOCK AND STRAP.

Our Yoga Mat is made from compact foam and has been designed to allow for more grip and comfort when performing yoga moves.

first-hand and discover ways in which they YMAT01 Yoga Mat – Black can innovate on what they learn in order to keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATION. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 68” x 24” x 1/8”. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

Eco Yoga Mat – Pink

SPECIFICATION. Size 72” x 24” x ¼”.

YOGA MAT.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

Eyelets for hanging on Escape’s mat storage racks.

MULTI MAT.

Whatever your exercise needs – stretching, mind, body and balance – this specially formulated non-slip foam mat is perfect.

A long-lasting, hard-wearing stretch mat.

Available in two colors, it’s durable enough for the rigours of everyday use and versatile enough to suit most applications.

TRAINING.

CORE MAT. TECH SPEC. Welded and laminated foam and PVC cover is easy-to-clean and has eyelets for safe and hygienic storage.

MADE IN

EUROPE

DESIGN. The cool anthracite color will provide your studio with a calm and relaxed atmosphere for effective core and group training workouts.

STORAGE. Store the Core Mat on the Freestanding Mat Storage Racks or the RACK5 Mat Attachment to keep your studio mats in top condition.

EST-CMATA

Core Mat – Anthracite

SPECIFICATION. Size 40” x 20” x ³/8”.

FLEX MAT. Two-sided, multi-purpose, non-marking base with a high-grip surface that has been designed specifically to provide extra comfort and grip, ideal for Pilates and stretching.

TECH SPEC. Fast-reacting memory foam quickly returns to its original shape so you can work out without stopping to rearrange your mat.

5

DESIGN. The 3Flex Mat is more than three times thicker than a regular yoga mat, with a specially formulated non-slip base.

STORAGE. 6 Store the Flex Mat on the Freestanding Mat Storage Rack or the RACK5 Mat Attachment to keep your studio mats in top condition. (Sold separately.)

YZONE.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in gym, adding an element of gamification.

Flexwith Mat – Anthracite mbining wearableEST-FMGRY digital technology

ustry leading programming and the ability SPECIFICATION. esign workouts according to trends or Size 24” x ³/8”. sonality – we help you72½” boostx market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

DESIGN. These multi-purpose mats are designed for stretching, balance, massage and light floor exercises.

EXPERT TIP. As well as on the gym floor, have some of these mats available in the studio for bodyweight exercises in circuits and bootcamp sessions.

MULTI MAT LARGE. M0022B Multi Mat Large – Black M0022 Multi Mat Large – Gray SPECIFICATIONS. M0022: Size 79” x 39” x 1”.

RIDGE ROLLER. Cool looking yet brilliantly effective, the Ridge Roller mimics the pressure applied by a sports therapist’s hands.

FLEXIBILITY.

2

Eyelets for hanging on Escape’s mat storage racks.

TECH SPEC. The PVC covering with compound foam and polyurethane granules provides extra durability and comfort for the user.

TECH SPEC. The textured surface offers superb feel, allowing the user to apply significant but bearable amounts of pressure on both muscle and fascia for a true pain/pleasure experience.

EXPERT TIP. Use the Ridge Roller to improve mobility in joints and to relieve muscles after strenuous training sessions.

TRAINING. The Self Myofascial Release with Foam Rollers Product Training Workshop will provide instructors and PTs with the knowledge they need to implement foam rollers correctly and effectively.

EST-RRC

Ridge Roller

SPECIFICATION. Size 15” x 5½”.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

99

MAX BALL.

TRAINING.

ULTRAFLEX ROLLER.

The Max Ball has been specifically designed for strength training. The dimpled, non-slip surface prevents the ball from slipping when using heavy weights.

With a perfectly proportioned size and diameter for maximum comfort, the Ultraflex Roller delivers a massage to keep limbs supple. The ultimate treatment for reviving tired muscles, with tough, non-porous material that’s resistant to dirt and easy to wipe down.

MADE IN

AUSTRALIA

TECH SPEC. Made from tough urethane, this roller won’t bend or sag and the tough durable material is resistant to dirt and easy to clean.

DESIGN. The pimples on the surface of the Ultraflex Roller stimulate blood flow for effective self myofascial release.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS.

TRAINING. The Self Myofascial Release with Foam Rollers Product Training Workshop will provide instructors and PTs with the knowledge they need to implement foam rollers correctly and effectively.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, EST-HFR Ultraflex Roller – Green members and gymEST-SFR Ultraflex That’s Soft Roller – Purple goers. why we have an extensive While stocks last range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts SPECIFICATION. Size 18” x 5½”. knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

MAXBAL55 MAXBAL65

22” / 55cm 25” / 65cm

Max Ball – Anthracite Max Ball – Gold

All Max Balls have a 1650 lbs burst resistance.

UBERSOFT ROLLER.

DUAL ACTION PUMP.

The Dura-Ball Pro is a great all-around ball that’s perfect for stretching, core stability, abdominal and flexibility work.

Our Dual Action Pump delivers a capacity of 140 liters at 100 strokes per minute – an essential item to have at your disposal.

MADE IN

AUSTRALIA

TECH SPEC. Low-density foam provides a forgiving surface, ideal for those new to foam rolling.

FLOORING. Use the Ubersoft Roller on Escape Flexi-Soft flooring for WHYexperience.

TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. a comfortable rolling (Sold separately).

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences TRAINING. retention can be so Foam much Rollers more than just training proves that people's taste for fitness has The Self Myofascial Release with Product a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, workshop will provide instructors and PTs with the knowledge they exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's need to implement foam rollers correctly and effectively. drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this USR001 Ubersoft Roller – Gray first-hand and discover Ubersoft Roller – Blue ways in which they can innovate what they learn in order to While stockson last keep clients coming back for more. Join us SPECIFICATION. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Size 35½” x 6”. and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

EST-LRRS

100

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES.

INSTRUCTOR TRAINING.

THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

Becoming certified is essential for companies and trainers aiming for the highest level of member experience.

Our certification courses are designed to give you the how and why behind training methods, so that trainers gain the confidence to work with any member.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance client sessions – delivering an abundance of exercise videos and instructional text for the products in the Escape range.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an annual subscription, the app is automatically updated with the latest Escape innovations so you can stay up to date with new products and training methods.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

The importance of in-depth research, practical knowledge and real experience are paramount to the way we create our courses. This is why we create the very best DURA65 25” / 65cm Dura-Ball Pro – Black course content and support that allows you to deliver best members.

All Dura-Ball Prosthe have a training 1100 lbstoburst resistance.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE.

We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness Combining wearable digital technology with to your phone. Whether you're experienced MG-33 Dual Action Pumpleading programming and the ability industry in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you to design workouts according to trends or train in-club, at home Height or outside with your 18”. Weight 1.7 lbs. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FLEXIBILITY.

This roller allows beginners to achieve greater muscle flexibility and can also be used to improve their balance.

It’s great for easing tension and tightness after workouts with a light, forgiving massage.

DURA-BALL PRO.

STEADYBALL.

TM

TRAINING.

Designed specifically for core stability and balance work. The unique, safe and stylish twotone Steadyball has self-levelling technology which means it won’t roll away.

EST-GBSR 9GBR

5

FLOORING. 6 Use the Steadyball on Escape Flexi-Soft flooring to protect hands and knees, and to keep the ball in top condition (see page 239).

STORAGE. Keep Steadyballs tidy with the STAKR™ Rings or the Nine Ball Storage Rack. ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an ovative and engaging class. Introducing heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in EST-GB55 22” / 55cm Steadyball – Purple gym, adding an element of gamification. mbining wearable digital technology with Steadyball – Green EST-GB65 25” / 65cm ustry leadingEST-GB75 programming and the ability Steadyball – Blue 28½” / 75cm esign workouts according to trends or sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

YZONE.

RACK SPECIFICATION. Size 69” x 51” x 51”.

FLEXIBILITY.

2

TECH SPEC. Our balls are made from anti-burst foam PVC, so there is little risk of sudden deflation. Plus they’re fully tested with a safe maximum 3 user weight of 242lbs.

STAKR Ring – Each Nine Ball Storage Rack

Steadyballs sold separately.

BOSU.

®

A variety of dynamic balance, strength and agility drills can be performed in combination with other pieces of equipment or multiple balance trainers using this fitness favorite.

BOSU

BOSU® Pro Balance Trainer

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

101

TRAINING.

FEATURE FLOORING. The gym floor is unlike any piece of equipment, because it’s put through its paces all day, every day. That’s why it’s just as important as a club’s training tools. Clubs are increasingly looking for flooring that adds some style, color and vibrancy to the ambience of the facility. And of course, it should also be carefully chosen to support and protect the club’s members, and reduce the stress placed on equipment. We’ve taken all of these factors into consideration to perfect a quality range of flooring options.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. COMPARISON CHART.

Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our TRACK/ SPEED PORTABLE clients, customers,SHOCKTURF. members and gymFEATURES. SPEED TRACK. goers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, Functional areas,both in digital SAQ areas, SAQ, Group X, one imparts and face-to-face formats.

Each TIYRs, sled USE performance zones, work, sprint knowledge about sleds/TIYRs all things fitness, starting at and tracks the programming and delivering group training indoor/outdoor experience, to gamification and much more.

THICKNESS

PRODUCT SIZE

1” including shock pad

Rolls from 40’ x 6’

FLEXI-TUF.

FLEXI-SOFT.

FLEXI-HARD.

Free weight areas, some functional areas

Warm-up and stretch areas, yoga and Pilates

Studio areas, light functional training areas

0.5”

0.5”

0.8”

0.8”

5’ x 33’, 39’, 49’, 65.5’ or 82’ roll

20” x 20” tile

39” x 39” tile

39” x 39” tile

GIVE MEMBERS INDUSTRY-LEADING TECHNOLOGY.

MATERIALS

Polyethylene and nylon

Polypropylene

Recycled rubber and SBR rubber

EVA base with a rubber top layer TRAINING COURSES.

EVA tiles

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

ONLINE

The journey to increased revenue and retention can be so much more than just a numbers game. Escape provides an 6 baserespect, colors exhaustive experience in every COLORS with white for lines drawing on decades of knowledge exciting workouts that bring big benefits to business and bodies alike.

The rise of the niche-interest experiences proves that people's taste for fitness has changed. There's a growing demand for fun, Available in a fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's Black range of 8studios colors are doing so well and why why small established clubs often need to revisit their offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the Available in most engaging experience and the Available in training a a range of very bestofresults. range 4 colorsEducation is essential – 4 colors upskill with Escape.

Our team of Master Trainers experience this first-hand and discover ways in which they DIYinororder to RECOMMENDED can innovate on what they learn INSTALLATION professional keep clients coming back for more. install Join us in person or online for motivation, inspiration and perspiration through a movement revolution that we can lead together.

102

Now any club can bring fantastic group DIY or DIY or training experiences to their members. professional professional install Escape offersinstall you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional DIYgym or in oras boot camps. The tools spacesDIY such professional professional install provided can be successfully used installto stay ahead in business and in fitness.

2

3

4

5

6

Across the Escape range, there is flooring that will keep pace with users engaged in a variety of training styles, no matter what is thrown at it. High quality materials make it a durable, long-lasting and effective investment. Our flooring systems offer athletic benefits to end users, protecting their ankles, knees and hips in areas that may involve THE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. high impact, plyometric or aerobic training.

The ESCAPE materials used include elastomersMYZONE. that adapt to the foot, reducing the risk of injury to members and Becoming certified is essential forinstructors. GO COACH helps professionals enhance We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the companies and trainers aiming for the

client sessions – delivering an abundance

first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an We have dedicated, specialist flooring for every facility’s needs – from functional training, free weight areas, sprint Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind innovative and engaging class. Introducing tracks and stretching spaces. Let’s not forget also that the right flooring can add a huge ‘WOW’ factor to clubs, annual subscription, the app is automatically the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training methods, so that trainers gain the transforming from uninspiring places breathtaking updated withtothe latest Escape spaces. innovations confidence to workout work with areas any member. training programs means members get so you can stay up to date with new instant, color-coded feedback on their The US importance of in-depth research, LET SUPPORT YOUR PERFECT FLOORING INSTALLATION. products and training methods. performance via their phone or a screen in practical knowledge and real experience the gym, adding an element of gamification.

With several flooring options from choose, the App rightbrings decision The Escapemaking Your Limits fitnessisn’t always straightforward. That’s why are paramount to the way we create ourwhich to Combining wearable digital our flooring are here to help products colors that reflect your unique needs, intechnology terms of with to choose your phone.

Whetherand you're experienced courses.

Thisspecialists is why we create the very best you industry leading programming and the ability exercise or a workout newbie, we helpand you choose the flooring that meets your performance The team closely with you to assess course contentand andaesthetics. support that allows you willinwork to design workouts according to trends or in-club, at home or outside with your to deliverneeds, the bestmaking training tosure members. facility’s you stand outtrain from the competition. seasonality – we help you boost market favourite Escape equipment. share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

CREATE SUPERB of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of memberTRAINING experience. ENVIRONMENTS.

FLOORING.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

1

TRAINING.

SHOCKTURF. This This new-generation new-generation synthetic synthetic turf turf flooring flooring has has been been specifically specifically developed developed for for functional functional training training environments, environments, both both indoors indoors and and outdoors. outdoors. It’s It’s aa true true heavy heavy duty duty product product that that has has consistently consistently performed performed brilliantly brilliantly in in wear wear and and resistance resistance tests. tests.

Escape Escaperecognized recognizedthe theincreasing increasingpopularity popularityof ofturf turfflooring flooringwithin within clubs. clubs.But Butwe wealso alsonoticed noticedthat, that,too toooften, often,the thestandard standardturf turfproducts products used usedweren’t weren’tsuitable suitablefor forfunctional functionaltraining. training.In Inmany manycases casesthese these products productssimply simplydidn’t didn’tprovide provideenough enoughcushioning cushioningto tojoints jointsand and provided providedlittle littleprotection protectionto tothe thefloor floorunderneath. underneath.They Theywere werealso also frequently frequentlymade madefrom fromaasubstandard substandardmaterial materialthat thatcan canmelt meltunder under friction frictionfrom fromsleds. sleds.

We Wewanted wantedto tosolve solvethese theseissues, issues,so sowe weworked workedwith withone oneof ofthe theUSA’s USA’s biggest biggestproducers producersof ofturf turfproducts productsto todevelop developaaproduct productspecifically specificallyfor for use useininaafunctional functionaltraining trainingfacility facilityor orarea. area.The Theresult resultisisShockturf, Shockturf,and and it’s it’sproving provingits itsquality qualityininclubs, clubs,including includingwith withtop topathletes athletesas asaasurface surface for fordeveloping developingmobility, mobility,balance balanceand andexplosive explosivepower. power.

USAGE. USAGE. This Thisisissuperb superbmulti-purpose multi-purposeperformance performanceflooring flooringfor forfunctional functional training trainingareas, areas,with withthe theproperties propertiesessential essentialfor forjumping, jumping,bounding, bounding, lifting, lifting,sprints, sprints,agility agilitytraining, training,TIYR TIYRflips flipsand andsled sledpushes. pushes.

2

3

5

6

YZONE.

DESIGN. DESIGN. Available Availableininsix sixstandard standardcolors: colors:black, black,green, green,orange, orange,red, red,slate slate and andtan. tan.Escape Escapecan cancreate createindividualized individualizedzones zonesand andlayouts. layouts.

PERFORMANCE. PERFORMANCE. This Thisproduct producthas hasan anespecially especiallyhigh highmelting meltingpoint, point,so sothere thereisisno no risk riskof offast fastor orheavy heavysled sledpushes pushesmelting meltingthe theglass glassfibers. fibers.An Anadded added foam foampad padlayer layerhelps helpsto toreduce reducethe theshock shockusers usersfeel feelwhen whentraining. training.

FLOORING. FLOORING.

ve joined forces with Myzone in the t partnership of its kind – introducing STURFB STURFB Shockturf Shockturf--Black Black zone to Escape programming, giving STURFG STURFG Shockturf--Green Green bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an Shockturf STURFO STURFO Shockturf--Orange Orange ovative and engaging class.

Introducing Shockturf STURFR STURFR Shockturf Shockturf--Red Red heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our STURFS STURFS Shockturf Shockturf--Slate Slate ning programs means members get STURFT STURFT Shockturf Shockturf--Tan Tan ant, color-coded feedback on their formance via their phone or a screen in SPECIFICATION. gym, adding an elementSPECIFICATION. of gamification.

RollSize Size40ft 40ft xx6ft.

6ft. mbining wearable digital Roll technology with

ustry leading programming and the ability Price Priceshown shownis isper perroll rolland andthe theminimum minimumorder orderquantity quantityis is22rolls. rolls. esign workouts according to trends or Line Linemarkings markingsand andlogos logosare areavailable available––please pleasecall callfor fordetails. details. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

103

TRAINING.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, EUROPE customers, members and gymTo watch the Speed Track video, visit: goers. That’s why we have an extensive www.escapefitness.com/us/flooring-range/speed-track range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

Our Speed Track provides the perfect basis for agility and explosive power training, including with the Escape TIYR and Quad Sled. Bring an outdoor feel to the center of your gym and create a visually stunning environment to inspire members.

MADE IN

SPEED TRACK.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

PORTABLE SPEED TRACK. The Portable Speed Track offers the same benefits as the Speed Track but in a portable format. Members and their trainers can reap the benefits of a speed track without the need for a permanent installation.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

FLEXIBILITY. Facilities do not have to install a permanent track to benefit from THE ESCAPE FITNESS APPS. INSTRUCTOR TRAINING. speed training. The Portable Speed Track can be easily rolled out, used for training sessions and packed GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for away after use. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies and trainers aiming for the DESIGN. of exercise videos and instructional text highest level of member experience.

The Portable Speedcourses Track isare available in a variety of and in the Escape range. forlengths the products Our certification designed colors to you suit the the how individual needs of any club.

Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give and why behind annual subscription, the app is automatically training methods, so that trainers gain the updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member.

APORTST10 5’ x 33’ Portable Speed Track so you can stay up to date with new The importance in-depth research, APORTST12 5’ xof40’ Portable Speed Track products and training methods. practical knowledge real experience APORTST15 5’ x 49’ and Portable Speed Track The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount the Portable way we create APORTST20 5’ to x 66’ Speedour Track to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you Please call for color and installation course content andoptions support that allows youdetails. train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FLOORING.

104

To watch the Portable Speed Track video, visit:

www.escapefitness.com/us/flooring-range/portable-speed-track

USAGE. Use the Portable Speed Track for sprint training, sled work, TIYR flips and pushes and a variety of other drills.

USAGE. This multi-use surface provides the right levels of grip for sprint work, while offering perfect resistance for sled work.

TECH SPEC. WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE. BUSINESS IN A BOX. The four-way loop pile has a high melting point, perfect for heavy sled Thework. journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences retention can be so much more than just proves that people's taste for fitness has INSTALLATION. a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, Once installedexperience there is practically no maintenancefast required, exhaustive in every respect, group making training, usually in a HIIT style. It's this a cost-effective solution. drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival AGRASS10 5’ x 33’ Speed Track of the fittest.

Our team of Master experience this AGRASS12 5’ x 40’Trainers Speed Track first-hand and5’discover waysTrack in which they Now any club can bring fantastic group AGRASS15 x 49’ Speed can innovate on they learn in order to training experiences to their members.

AGRASS20 5’ xwhat 66’ Speed Track keep clients coming back for more. Join us Escape offers you a suite of programs with in person or online for motivation, inspiration Please call for color options and installation details. everything you need to get going straight and perspiration through a movement out of the box, from small group training to revolution that we can lead together. creating a club within a club solution.

MADE IN

EUROPE

TRAINING.

2

3

5

6

FLEXI-TUF.

FLEXI-SOFT.

Flexi-Tuf is a heavy-duty and flexible floor covering that will ensure your free weights and floor are protected from damage and marking.

Soft and slip-resistant modular flooring system for stretching, gym balls and foam rolling. Ideal for yoga studios.

USAGE. Ideal for free weight areas and spaces where rigorous functional training will take place.

INSTALLATION. Quick to lay and the tapered edge strip reduces risk of injury. The tiles do not need to be fixed to the floor, allowing them to be easily moved for greater flexibility of layouts.

DESIGN. Unique, small, interlocking tiles are easily lifted. Textured surface provides sure footing for maximum confidence during workouts.

Blue.

Red.

Gray.

Black.

DESIGN. Color contrasting edges and corners are tapered to prevent tripping and allow safe entry and exit on and off the mat.

MAT510S MAT511S MAT512S

Flexi-Soft Foam Colored Tile Flexi-Soft Foam Colored Edge Strip Flexi-Soft Foam Colored Corner

FLOORING.

INSTALLATION. Easy installation means it’s easy to create islands of flooring for specific areas. Transport and re-use wherever you wish. Corners ve joined forces with Myzone in the and edges provide smooth ingress and egress. t partnership of its kind – introducing zone to Escape programming, giving bs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an MATCB12 ovative and engaging class.

Introducing Flexi-Tuf Floor Tile MATES12 Flexi-Tuf Edge Strip heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our MATFT12 Flexi-Tuf Corner Piece ning programs means members get ant, color-coded feedback on their SPECIFICATION. formance via their phone or a screen in MATCB12: Size 20” x 20” x ½”. gym, adding an element of gamification.

MATES12: Size 20” x 7½” x ½”. mbining wearable digital technology with MATFT12: Size 7½” x 7½” x ½”. ustry leading programming and the ability esign workouts according to trends or Price is per tile and does not include fitting. sonality – we help you boost market re and revenue through enhanced mber engagement.

YZONE.

PROTECTIVE. Absorbs impact while being comfortable for stretching exercises thanks to their dense foam composition. They are also very easy to clean and maintain.

AVAILABLE IN FOUR COLORS.

SPECIFICATION. MAT510S: Size 39” x 39” x ¾”.

MAT511S: Size 39” x 7¼” x ¾”.

MAT512S: Size 7¼” x 7¼” x ¾”.

Price is per tile and does not include fitting.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

105

TRAINING.

MEET THE TEAM OF MASTER TRAINERS. Experience is everything, and Escape understands that we all work better together, sharing insight that we can pass on to our clients, customers, members and gymgoers. That’s why we have an extensive range of training experiences, both in digital and face-to-face formats. Each one imparts knowledge about all things fitness, starting at the programming and delivering group training experience, to gamification and much more.

Durable, cushioned flooring for balance

FLEXI-HARD.

EVERFLEX.

exercises, light dumbbell workouts and strength training.

Our best-selling covering. High-density and very hard-wearing, Everflex offers great insulation and shock absorption – both of which are essential properties for any facility.

DESIGN. Designed for PT and functional training areas. The tiles can be interlocked in minutes and don’t need to be fixed to the floor.

USAGE. Ideal for balance and lightweight exercises with free weights up to a maximum of 44 lbs. For heavier weights we would recommend Flexi-Tuf.

WHY TRAIN WITH ESCAPE.

AVAILABLE IN FOUR COLORS.

Blue.

BUSINESS IN A BOX.

PROTECTIVE. The journey to increased revenue and The rise of the niche-interest experiences A good basecan support element cushioning. retention be so with muchanmore thanof just proves that people's taste for fitness has

revolution that we can lead together.

106

Now any club can bring fantastic group training experiences to their members.

Escape offers you a suite of programs with everything you need to get going straight out of the box, from small group training to creating a club within a club solution.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

Red.

Gray.

Black.

ONLINE TRAINING COURSES. With our varied industry and evolving exercise trends, it’s more important than ever to ensure your clients/members get the most engaging training experience and the very best results. Education is essential – upskill with Escape.

This system of training supports PTs within gyms, running their own facilities, or taking on the world outside a traditional gym in spaces such as boot camps. The tools provided can be successfully used to stay ahead in business and in fitness.

DESIGN. Viscoelastic consistency protects floors from heavy, blunt loads and resists sharp edges and points, providing unrivalled THE ESCAPE wear and durability. TRAINING. INSTRUCTOR

FITNESS APPS.

GO COACH helps professionals enhance Becoming certified is essential for USAGE. client sessions – delivering an abundance companies andoffers trainers aimingproperties for the but easily Everflex flooring anti-slip allows natural of exercise videos and instructional text highest level oftomember experience. body movement help prevent injuries. for the products in the Escape range.

Our certification courses are designed Accessible through the iPad Pro on an to give you the how and why behind PLEASE For so Everflex codes gain and prices please contact your annual subscription, the app is automatically trainingNOTE: methods, that trainers the sales representative. updated with the latest Escape innovations confidence to work with any member. so you can stay up to date with new The importance of in-depth research, products and training methods. practical knowledge and real experience The Escape Your Limits App brings fitness are paramount to the way we create our to your phone. Whether you're experienced courses. This is why we create the very best in exercise or a workout newbie, we help you course content and support that allows you train in-club, at home or outside with your to deliver the best training to members. favourite Escape equipment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

MYZONE. We’ve joined forces with Myzone in the first partnership of its kind – introducing Myzone to Escape programming, giving clubs, boutiques and studios of all sizes an innovative and engaging class. Introducing the heart rate tracker, Myzone, into our training programs means members get instant, color-coded feedback on their performance via their phone or a screen in the gym, adding an element of gamification.

Combining wearable digital technology with industry leading programming and the ability to design workouts according to trends or seasonality – we help you boost market share and revenue through enhanced member engagement.

FLOORING.

a numbers game. Escape provides an changed. There's a growing demand for fun, exhaustive experience in every respect, fast group training, usually in a HIIT style. It's MAT510 Flexi-Hard Foam Colored Tile drawing on decades of knowledge for why small studios are doing so well and why MAT511 Flexi-Hard Foam Colored Edge Strip exciting workouts that bring big benefits to established clubs often need to revisit their MAT512 Flexi-Hard Foam Colored Corner business and bodies alike. offering in order to compete – it’s survival of the fittest.

SPECIFICATION. Our team of Master Trainers experience this MAT510: 39” x ways 39” x in ¾”. first-hand andSize discover which they MAT511: Size 39” they x 7¼” x ¾”. can innovate on what learn in order to MAT512: Size 7¼” x 7¼” ¾”. Join us keep clients coming back for xmore. in person or online for motivation, inspiration Price per tile and does not include fitting. and is perspiration through a movement

TECH SPEC. Extremely high-quality, high-density material compressed from rubber and EPDM elastomers to protect members and equipment.

STRENGTH & CONDITIONING R E H A B I L I TAT I O N & RECOVERY

Rehabilitation & Recovery

FA C I L I T Y SUPPLIES

SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM INFO@SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

OUR PRODUCTS

RELENTLESS INNOVATION 2012 Hyperice ICT

2014

2015

Vyper

Hypersphere

Hyperice connects the innovation of technology to the art of movement.

Our products are designed with a synthesis of science and physiology to support and advance the human condition. Beyond just changing the

2018

2016

game, we challenge the industry and forge a new way forward.

Hypervolt

Venom

2015 Normatec

2019 Hypersphere Mini

108

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

2019

2020

2020

Hypervolt Plus

The Hyperice App

Hypervolt GO

OUR VISION

PERCUSSION TECHNOLOGY Hypervolt Plus Hypervolt Hypervolt GO

DYNAMIC AIR COMPRESSION Normatec Pulse 2.0 Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0

VIBRATION TECHNOLOGY Vyper 2.0 Hypersphere Hypersphere Mini

THERMAL TECHNOLOGY Venom

We believe the quality of life is intimately connected to movement. Whether you’re an elite athlete, a fitness enthusiast, or seeking a healthier lifestyle, the way you

ICE COMPRESSION TECHNOLOGY ICT

move determines the way you feel. Our devices allow you to move better, so you can feel your absolute best.

DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY The Hyperice App

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

109

PERCUSSION TECHNOLOGY Percussion technology provides targeted pulses of pressure into the muscle tissue of the body, helping to relieve muscle pain, stiffness and soreness, and increase range of motion. Percussive stimulation provides comprehensive relief by reaching both the superficial and deep muscle fibers. The Hypervolt line delivers three speeds of rapid percussion almost silently, making Hypervolts ideal to relieve tension and accelerate warmup and recovery.

110

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

HYPERVOLT PLUS

Hours of Power 30% more power than the original Hypervolt backed by a brushless high-torque 90 W motor.

Handheld Percussion Massage Device Featuring QuietGlide™ Technology

Whisper-Quiet Our patented QuietGlide™ technology provides relief at a whisper so you can use it anytime, anywhere without interuption.

Sensor Technology Patented pressure sensor with three levels, giving you a digital indication of how much pressure you’re applying.

TECH FEATURES •

Bluetooth® connected to the Hyperice App (automated speed control)

PRO PERFORMANCE

54020 001-00

•

3 speeds – up to 3200 percussions per minute

•

24 V rechargeable lithium-ion battery (2+ hrs of use per charge)

•

Lightweight, easy to use (3 lbs)

•

TSA approved for carry-on

Warm up and recover like the pros with this iconic ultra-premium percussion device.

Seriously strong, aesthetically sleek, and unbelievably quiet: the best of the best.

1

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Hypervolt Plus

2

Head attachment pouch

3

AC cable

4

24 V charger

5

Head attachments:

3

2

5

4

Fork, Ball, Cushion, Flat, Bullet See more at SquareRootBrands.com

111

HYPERVOLT

Customized for You

Handheld Percussion Massage Device

changed with a single button to whatever speed you need.

Featuring three speeds of rapid percussion that can be

Featuring QuietGlide™ Technology

Do Not Disturb Thanks to our patented QuietGlide™ technology the Hypervolt provides relief almost silently.

Patented Pressure Discover pressure preferences with the Hypervolt’s patented pressure sensor (3 levels).

TECH FEATURES •

Bluetooth® connected to the Hyperice App (automated speed control)

•

Brushless high-torque 60 W motor

•

3 speeds – up to 3200 percussions per minute

•

24 V rechargeable lithium-ion battery

53000 001-00

(2.5+ hrs of use per charge) •

Lightweight, easy to use (2.5 lbs)

•

TSA approved for carry-on

THE GAME CHANGER The first percussion massage device to deliver so much power so quietly, the original Hypervolt changed the game

1

for premium percussion devices worldwide.

3

2

5

4

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Hypervolt

2

Head attachment pouch

3

AC cable

4

24 V charger

5

Head attachments: Fork, Ball, Cushion, Flat, Bullet

112

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

HYPERVOLT GO

Operate with Ease

Handheld Percussion Massage Device

With a small build and lightweight design cycle through three speeds of rapid percussion without lifting a finger.

Featuring QuietGlide™ Technology

Non-disruptive

GET GOING

Our patented QuietGlide™ technology is fundamental to Hyperice percussion devices, and the GO is no exception.

Surprising Power The ultra-lightweight GO delivers all the power you need

Portable percussion at 1.5 pounds, the GO was designed with your active lifestyle in mind.

to relax, recover, and keep going.

With surprising power and near-silent operation, the Hypervolt GO provides serious relief at home or on the road.

TECH FEATURES

55000 001-00

Hypervolt GO

2

Head attachments:

Brushless high-torque 40 W motor

•

3 speeds – up to 3200 percussions per minute

•

18 V rechargeable lithium-ion battery (2.5+ hrs of use per charge)

•

Ultra lightweight, easy to use (1.5 lbs)

•

TSA approved for carry-on

1

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

•

3 2

Flat, Bullet 3

18 V charger

4

Additional plug adapters (3)

4

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

113

DYNAMIC AIR COMPRESSION Dynamic air compression effectively mimics the natural motions of the arms and legs to move metabolites and fluids from the limbs after intense activity. The Normatec line combines targeted air pressure with a patented massage pattern, pulsing movements, and backflow-preventing distal release. Studies show it can relieve muscle aches and/or pain and temporarily increase circulation resulting in increased flexibility and range of motion, injury prevention, and accelerated recovery time.

114

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

NORMATEC PULSE 2.0 Dynamic Air Compression with Patented Pulse Massage Technology

TRAIN HARD. RECOVER FASTER. Normatec Pulse 2.0 works as both a high-tech warmup and a dynamic way to recover faster post workout. Engineered by a physician bioengineer (MD, PhD), Normatec’s patented Pulse massage pattern employs three key techniques – pulsing, distal release, and gradients – to enhance blood flow and speed recovery. Normatec Pulse 2.0 also features a Bluetooth® enabled app, allowing you to integrate your recovery session seamlessly into your training plan and control your session directly from your phone.

BENEFITS •

Increases blood flow / circulation

•

Promotes healing and recovery

•

Decreases muscle fatigue after acute exercise

•

Improves range of motion / flexibility (studies show)

•

Lessens pain sensitivity

TECH FEATURES •

Color display panel

•

7 intensity levels

•

Customizable time, pressure, and zone settings

•

ZoneBoost™ feature

•

Compact, lightweight control unit (3.6 lbs)

•

12 V power and rechargeable lithium-ion battery

•

Reinforced, durable construction (attachments)

20

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

115

NORMATEC PULSE 2.0

LOWER BODY SYSTEM

NORMATEC PULSE 2.0

LEG SYSTEM The Normatec Pulse 2.0 Leg System uses dynamic air compression and patented Pulse

Home to some of your most used muscle groups,

technology to flush out soreness and bring

the lower body gets a lot of activity and therefore

oxygenated blood to the part of the body

needs a lot of recovery. The Normatec Pulse 2.0

furthest from the heart.

Lower Body System brings compression and patented Pulse technology to over half your body.

60030 001-03 60040 001-03

1

1

WHAT’S INSIDE

WHAT’S INSIDE 3 1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Normatec Pulse 2.0 Control Unit

3

Hose

4

Power supply

5

Additional plug adapters (3)

4

2

2

3

4

116

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

5 6

1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Hip attachment

3

Normatec Pulse 2.0 Control Unit

4

Hose

5

Power supply

6

Additional plug adapters (3)

5

NORMATEC PULSE 2.0

FULL BODY SYSTEM When it comes to a more effective warm up or recovery for a full body workout, the Normatec Pulse 2.0 Full Body System reigns supreme.

A combination of leg, arm, and hip attachments helps circulate oxygenated blood to all your extremities so you can skip the soreness and build muscle faster.

60050 001-03

1

2

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Arm attachments (2)

3

Hip attachment

4

Normatec Pulse 2.0 Control Unit

5

Hose

6

Power supply

7

Additional plug adapters (3)

4 5 3

6

7

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

117

NORMATEC PULSE PRO 2.0 Dynamic Air Compression with Patented Pulse Massage Technology

THE NEXT LEVEL Created by a physician bioengineer (MD, PhD), Normatec’s patented Pulse massage pattern employs three key techniques – pulsing, distal release, and gradients – to enhance blood flow and speed recovery. The Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 takes Pulse technology to the next level with highly customizable programming options and a sophisticated touchscreen display. It also features a Bluetooth® wireless technology enabled app, allowing you to integrate your recovery session seamlessly into your training plan and control your session directly from your phone. The Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 System brings you cutting-edge connectivity and powerful results in a compact, modern design that travels well and is built to last.

BENEFITS

TECH FEATURES

•

Increases blood flow / circulation

•

Touchscreen color display panel

•

Promotes healing and recovery

•

10 intensity levels

Decreases muscle fatigue after

•

Preprogrammed rehab modes:

•

Recovery Flush, Rehab, Custom

acute exercise • •

118

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

Improves range of motion / flexibility

•

Customizable time, pressure, and zone settings

(studies show)

•

ZoneBoost™ feature

Lessens pain sensitivity

•

Compact, lightweight control unit (3.6 lbs)

•

12 V power and rechargeable lithium-ion battery

•

Reinforced, durable construction (attachments)

NORMATEC PULSE PRO 2.0

LOWER BODY SYSTEM

NORMATEC PULSE PRO 2.0

LEG SYSTEM The Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 Leg System uses compression and patented Pulse

Home to some of your most used muscle groups,

technology to flush out soreness and bring

the lower body gets a lot of activity and therefore

oxygenated blood to the part of the body

needs a lot of recovery. The Normatec Pulse Pro

furthest from the heart.

2.0 Lower Body System brings compression and patented Pulse technology to over half your body.

60030 001-03 60040 001-03

1

1

WHAT’S INSIDE

WHAT’S INSIDE 3 2

1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 Control Unit

3

Hose

4

Power supply

5

Additional plug adapters (3)

4 2

3

4

5 6

1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Hip attachment

3

Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 Control Unit

4

Hose

5

Power supply

6

Additional plug adapters (3)

5

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

119

NORMATEC PULSE PRO 2.0

FULL BODY SYSTEM When it comes to a more effective warm up or recovery for a full body workout, the Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 Full Body System reigns supreme. A combination of leg, arm, and hip attachments helps circulate oxygenated blood to all your extremities so you can skip the soreness and build muscle faster.

60050 001-03

1

2

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Leg attachments (2)

2

Arm attachments (2)

3

Hip attachment

4 5

120

4

Normatec Pulse Pro 2.0 Control Unit

5

Hose

6

Power supply

7

Additional plug adapters (3)

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

3

6

7

VIBRATION TECHNOLOGY Featuring the Vyper 2.0, Hypersphere, and Hypersphere Mini, vibration technology provides rapid oscillations of localized pressure into the body’s muscle and connective tissues. Lower speeds are useful for muscle relaxation and recovery while high speed is more ideal for muscle activation and performance. Muscles involuntarily relax and contract, promoting the body’s recovery from aches and pains, and helping enhance range of motion, pain tolerance, and muscle performance.

32

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

121

VYPER 2.0 High-Intensity Vibrating Fitness Roller

31000 001-00

THE FITNESS ROLLER, REIMAGINED Strong, sleek, and durable, The Vyper 2.0 is the world’s most powerful vibrating fitness roller. Featuring all the traditional benefits of foam rolling

BENEFITS

TECH FEATURES

amplified by three powerful speeds of vibration, the Vyper 2.0 changes

•

Accelerates warmup and recovery

•

Digital circuitry control

the rolling game.

•

Enhances muscle performance

•

3 speeds

•

Improves range of motion and flexibility

•

Rechargeable lithium-ion battery

•

Reduces muscle soreness and stiffness

(2+ hrs of use per charge) •

Dual zone exterior (smooth and grooved)

•

Eco-friendly polypropylene foam

•

TSA approved for carry-on

1

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Vyper 2.0

2

18 V charger

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

2

3

122

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

HYPERSPHERE High-Intensity Vibrating Massage Ball

BENEFITS

UNLOCK YOUR BODY Intensive and comprehensive, the high-intensity vibrating Hypersphere can be used for trigger point release on your tightest muscles so you can recover faster and move better.

•

Accelerates warmup and recovery

•

Enhances muscle performance

•

Improves range of motion and flexibility

•

Reduces muscle soreness and stiffness

TECH FEATURES •

Digital circuitry control

•

3 speeds

•

Rechargeable lithium-ion batteries ( 2+ hrs of use per charge)

•

Dual exterior for grip and balance

•

TSA approved for carry-on 32000 001-00

1

WHAT’S INSIDE 2

1

Hypersphere

2

18 V charger

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

3

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

123

# RECOVERY

HYPERSPHERE MINI Compact Vibrating Massage Ball

BENEFITS •

Accelerates warmup and recovery

•

Enhances muscle performance

•

Improves range of motion and flexibility

•

Reduces muscle soreness and stiffness

TECH FEATURES

POWER MEETS PORTABILITY 34000 001-00

Perfect for travel, the TSA carry-on approved

•

Digital circuitry control

•

3 speeds

•

High intensity vibrating core

•

Patented design with textured silicone exterior

•

Rechargeable lithium-ion battery (2+ hrs of use per charge)

•

Lightweight, compact size (1 lb / 3.5”)

•

TSA approved for carry-on

Hypersphere Mini targets your tightest areas with precision to help you move better wherever you roam.

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

Hypersphere Mini

2

Desktop stand

3

USB cable

1

2

3

124

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

THERMAL TECHNOLOGY FEATURING VENOM

38

VENOM Wearable Vibration + Heat

WRAP WITH WARMTH The Venom line features digitally connected wearable devices that combine heat and vibration to warm, loosen, and relax stiff muscles. Pushing out soreness and reducing pain, Venom devices feature a premium Plush™ neoprene compression wrap that holds heat and vibration right where you need it most.

126

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

BENEFITS

TECH FEATURES

•

Relaxes tense muscles

•

Digital touch screen control

•

Reduces joint pain and stiffness

•

Nano-technology heat with 3 adjustable temperature levels:

•

Increases body temperature

130°F (55° C) / 145° F (63° C) / 160° F (72° C) •

4 vibration pods with variable sequences

•

18 V rechargeable lithium-ion battery

•

Premium Plush™ neoprene wrap

•

TSA approved for carry-on

# RECOVERY

# RECOVERY

VENOM

VENOM

BACK

LEG

The Venom Back focuses

The Venom Leg is made for

VENOM heat and vibration on your

VENOM

recovery on-the-go. Walk, bend,

BACK

LEG

core. Since almost all athletic

and stretch with it on, or sit back

movement involves your core,

and relax. Wherever you go, the

the Venom Back is ideal for The Venom Back focuses easing overall muscle soreness heat and vibration on your and stiffness in the body. core. Since almost all athletic

Venom Leg will be there to heal The Venom Leg is made for you along the way. recovery on-the-go. Walk, bend,

movement involves your core,

and relax. Wherever you go, the

and stretch with it on, or sit back

the Venom Back is ideal for

Venom Leg will be there to heal 21000 001-10

easing overall muscle soreness

you along the way.

and stiffness in the body.

20000 024-00

21000 001-10 1 1

20000 024-00

WHAT’S INSIDE 1

WHAT’S INSIDE

1

Venom Back

1

Leg wrap

2

Additional plug adapters (2)

2

Venom Pod

3

Power supply

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

4

Power supply

1

2

2 3

WHAT’S INSIDE

WHAT’S INSIDE

1

Venom Back

1

Leg wrap

2

Additional plug adapters (2)

2

Venom Pod

3

Power supply

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

2 3

3 4 2 See more at SquareRootBrands.com 3

127

# RECOVERY

VENOM

VENOM

RIGHT SHOULDER

LEFT SHOULDER

The Venom Right Shoulder is designed to focus heat and vibration therapy to one of the

The Venom Left Shoulder is designed to focus heat and vibration therapy to one of the most

most used yet often forgotten body parts. The treatment relieves upper neck and back

used yet often forgotten body parts. The treatment relieves upper neck and back tension

tension and increases flexibility and range of motion for your arm.

and increases flexibility and range of motion for your arm.

21000 001-22

21000 001-21

1

1

WHAT’S INSIDE 2

3 4

128

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

WHAT’S INSIDE

1

Right shoulder wrap

1

Left shoulder wrap

2

Venom Pod

2

Venom Pod

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

3

Additional plug adapters (2)

4

Power supply

4

Power supply

2

3 4

ICE COMPRESSION TECHNOLOGY FEATURING ICT

46

# RECOVERY

ICT Ice Compression Technology

ICE WITH AN UPGRADE The product that started it all. A machine washable premium neoprene wrap uses pro-level compression to hold an ultra thin antimicrobial ice cell wherever you

BENEFITS

TECH FEATURES

•

Air-release technology improves

Compression Sleeve Features

in place for extra cold surface contact.

surface contact, surface area,

•

3mm premium grade Plush™ neoprene wrap

Designed in collaboration with the world’s

and compression

•

Non-restrictive design allows for greater mobility during icing

•

Reduces muscle, nerve, and joint pain

•

Provides optimal compression with a comfortable fit

•

Decreases swelling and blood flow

•

Machine washable

•

Decreases muscle spasms

need it most. The ice cell features a patented air-release valve to keep the ice

best athletes, the ICT takes this recovery staple into the future.

Ice Cell Features

130

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

•

Patented air-release valve allows for maximum compression

•

Wide-mouth opening with watertight seal

•

Ultra thin antimicrobial cell “skin” for rapid cold transfer

•

10” X 10” icing surface area

# RECOVERY

ICT

ICT

KNEE

UTILITY

The ICT Knee wrap is made

The ICT Utility is the most versatile ICT

to support motion - walk

wrap. King of all trades, it can be used

it out, bend and stretch as

on ankles, elbows, wrists, shins, and

desired while wearing the

forearms. It can also be used for smaller

ICT Knee wrap. You’re free

body frames on knees and legs.

to go wherever you like while

10010 001-00

still giving your body the treatment it needs.

10030 001-00

1 1

WHAT’S INSIDE

2

WHAT’S INSIDE

1

Utility wrap

1

Knee wrap

2

10” x 10” ice cell

2

10” x 10” ice cell 2

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

131

# RECOVERY

ICT

ICT

RIGHT SHOULDER

LEFT SHOULDER

The ICT Right Shoulder lets you ice hands free. Where previously one arm had to hold the

The ICT Left Shoulder lets you ice hands free. Where previously one arm had to hold the ice

ice for the other, rendering both arms temporarily immobile, the ICT Right Shoulder provides

for the other, rendering both arms temporarily immobile, the ICT Left Shoulder provides a

a wrap-and-go treatment so you can get back in the game faster.

wrap-and-go treatment so you can get back in the game faster.

10022 001-00

10021 001-00

1

WHAT’S INSIDE

WHAT’S INSIDE

1

Right shoulder wrap

1

Left shoulder wrap

2

10” x 10” ice cell

2

10” x 10” ice cell

1

2 2

132

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

ICT

BACK The ICT Back puts you in control of icing the most notoriously hard-to-reach area of your body. You can enjoy free range of movement and independence with the ability to effectively wrap your back and ice sore or injured muscles.

10040 001-00

1 2

WHAT’S INSIDE

3

1

Back wrap

2

Compression belt

3

10” x 10” ice cell

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

133

DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY FEATURING THE HYPERICE APP

THE HYPERICE APP Health & Wellness App

CONNECT TO HEALTH & WELLNESS APPS Get the most out of the Hyperice App by connecting to Strava® and Apple® Health, with more coming soon. Receive recommendations for routines based on your movement

A CONNECTED WORLD. THE NEXT GENERATION OF HYPERICE. Transform the way you move with the latest innovation by Hyperice. Powered by

and track your activity stats, warmup, recovery, and daily maintenance all in one place.

GUIDED WARMUP, RECOVERY, AND MAINTENANCE ROUTINES Professionally curated routines from Hyperice experts, designed to help you move better.

HyperSmart™, the Hyperice App seamlessly blends your physical and digital activity to create an experience entirely customized to you. Connect to health and wellness apps, follow guided routines, operate your Hyperice Bluetooth® devices, and get exclusive content from top pros.

EXCLUSIVE CONTENT FROM TOP PROS Follow along as the world’s best athletes, trainers, and physiotherapists guide you through their exclusive routines and share personal tips.

OPERATE YOUR BLUETOOTH ® DEVICES Pair your Hyperice Bluetooth® device, begin a routine, and let HyperSmart™ do the thinking. The speed will automatically adjust as you follow along with the guided routine so you can focus on your warmup or recovery.

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

135

FA C I L I T Y SUPPLIES

Facility Supplies

STRENGTH & CONDITIONING

R E H A B I L I TAT I O N & RECOVERY

Strength, Conditioning, Rehabilitation & Recovery

SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM INFO@SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM

136

p r o d u c t c ata l o g

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Wipes Bulk Rolls

Wipes

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

Z800

Antibacterial Wipes

800/roll

4 rolls/case

Z1000

Wellness Center Wipes

1,150/roll

4 rolls/case

Z2000

Sanitizing Wipes

2,000/roll

4 rolls/case

ZALC800

Alcohol Wipes

800/roll

4 rolls/case

Bulk Rolls SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

Z800

Antibacterial Wipes

800/roll

4 rolls/case

Z1000

Wellness Center Wipes

1,150/roll

4 rolls/case

Z2000

Sanitizing Wipes

2,000/roll

4 rolls/case

ZALC800

Alcohol Wipes

Canisters & Flat Packs 800/roll

4 rolls/case

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

50/pack

24 packs/case

ZALC150 Canisters & Flat Packs ALCWIP

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

ZALC150

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

ALCWIP

Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

50/pack

24 packs/case

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

137

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Wipe Dispensers SKU

PRODUCT NAME

DISPENSER TYPE

Z500-U

Upward Pull Wipe Dispenser

Wall mounted

Z650

Stainless Steel Wipe Dispenser

Floor dispenser

Z650B

Black Powder Coated Wipe Dispenser

Floor dispenser

Z700-Bucket

Bucket Wipe Dispenser

Bucket dispenser

Z500-B

Bucket Stand Wipe Dispenser

Floor dispenser

Z500-S

Free Standing Wipe Dispenser

Floor dispenser

DISP4CRIUC

4.25” Canister Wall Bracket*

Wall mounted

DISPCRZALC

4” Canister Wall Bracket**

Wall mounted

* The 4.25” Canister Wall Bracket fits the Zogics Hand Sanitizing Wipe Tubs ** The 4” Canister Wall Bracket fits the Zogics Alcohol Wipe Tubs

138

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

The Cleaning Station Dispenser + Supplies # FACILITY SUPPLIES

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

TCS-30063

The Cleaning Station Dispenser (available in black or silver)

Wipes

- includes hand sanitizer dispenser

TCS-

The Cleaning Station Dispenser (available in black or silver)

30030

Instant Hand Sanitizer Hydrating Gel Pouches

Bulk 30063 Rolls

- available in cases of 8 Hand Sanitizer Dispenser (for use with The Cleaning Station)

SB4900 SKU

PRODUCTCommercial NAME

Z800 60010

Antibacterial TheWipes Cleaning

800/roll rolls/case 2 non-locking) Station Casters (24locking,

70010 Z2000

SanitizingThe WipesCleaning

Station Acrylic Sign Holder 2,000/roll 4 rolls/case

Z1000

ZALC800 20015

Wellness Center Wipes

Alcohol Wipes Centerpull

Spray WIPE Cleaning oz.

COUNTBottle, CASE32 COUNT 1,150/roll

4 rolls/case

800/roll 4 rolls/case 6 rolls/case) 2-Ply Paper Towels (660/roll,

The All-in-One Wipe, Sanitizer, & Storage Solution for Every Industry

Canisters & Flat Packs This sleek dispenser contains everything you need to clean, wipe off any surface, SKU and

NAME sanitizePRODUCT your hands.

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

ZALC150

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

50/pack

24 packs/case

ALCWIP

LEARN MORE Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

139

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Bulk Hand Sanitizer

140

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

SANITIZER TYPE

SIZE

CASE COUNT

ZHS80SPR128

80% Alcohol Liquid Hand Sanitizer

Alcohol liquid spray

1 gallon

4/case

ZHS70G128

70% Alcohol Gel Hand Sanitizer

Alcohol gel

1 gallon

4/case

ZHS60G128

60% Alcohol Gel Hand Sanitizer

Alcohol gel

1 gallon

4/case

ZHS70G16

70% Alcohol Gel Hand Sanitizer

Alcohol gel

16 oz.

24/case

ZHS70G8

70% Alcohol Gel Hand Sanitizer, Soothing Cucumber

Alcohol gel

8 oz.

45/case

ZHSCA128

Citrus + Aloe Alcohol-Free Foam Hand Sanitizer

Alcohol-free foam

1 gallon

4/case

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Bulk Body Care # FACILITY SUPPLIES

Wipes Bulk Rolls SKU

PRODUCT NAME

Z800

Antibacterial Wipes

Z1000

Wellness Center Wipes

Z2000

Sanitizing Wipes

ZALC800

Alcohol Wipes

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

OBWHC128

Zogics Organics Honey Coconut Body Wash

OSHC128

Zogics Organics Honey Coconut Shampoo

OCHC128

Zogics Organics Honey Coconut Conditioner

WIPE COUNT OLHC128

CASE COUNT Zogics Organics

800/roll

BWCA128

4 rolls/case

SCA128 2,000/roll

1,150/roll

4 rolls/case

+ 4Citrus rolls/case

800/roll

4 rolls/case

CCA128

Honey Coconut Lotion

Citrus + Aloe 3-in-1 Body Wash, Hand Soap, Shampoo Aloe Shampoo

Citrus + Aloe Conditioner

HSCA128

Citrus + Aloe Hand Soap

BLCA128

Citrus + Aloe Body Lotion

EO128

Eucalyptus Oil Blend

Canisters & Flat Packs

All of our bulk body care are gallon-sized bottles.

WIPE COUNT CASE COUNT Cases include 4 gallons.

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

ZALC150

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

ALCWIP

Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

50/pack

24 packs/case

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

141

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

*Products with multiple SKUs are available in different colors or configurations. ** Zogics Touch-Free Hand Sanitizer Dispensers come in two versions: gel dispenser and foaming dispenser.

Bulk Body Care Dispensers

142

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

DISPENSER TYPE

SIZE

CASE COUNT

COLORS

MULTIPLE

ClearVu Encore Gel Soap Dispenser*

Wall mounted

46 oz.

12/case

White, Gray

MULTIPLE

Personal Care Dispenser 3-Chamber

Tabletop or wall mounted 36 oz./chamber 5/case

White

MULTIPLE

Personal Care Dispenser 2-Chamber

Tabletop or wall mounted 36 oz./chamber 6/case

White

MULTIPLE

Personal Care Dispenser 1-Chamber

Tabletop or wall mounted 36 oz./chamber 12/case

White

ZTTFD-18

Tabletop Foam Hand Sanitizer Dispenser

Tabletop

18 oz.

6/case

White

PBO32

Tabletop Gel Pump Dispenser

Tabletop

32 oz.

12/case

White

SPR200ML

Tabletop Liquid Pump Sprayer

Tabletop

6.75 oz.

12/case

Clear

MULTIPLE

Touch-Free Hand Sanitizer Gel or Foam Dispenser**

Wall mounted

33.8 oz.

8/case

Black, White

MULTIPLE

Touch-Free Hand Sanitizer Gel or Foam Dispenser Floor Stand Floor dispenser

33.8 oz.

8/case

Black, White

MULTIPLE

Touch-Free Hand Sanitizer Gel or Foam Dispenser Table Stand Tabletop

33.8 oz.

8/case

Black, White

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Disinfectants # FACILITY SUPPLIES

Wipes Bulk Rolls SKU

PRODUCT NAME

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

SIZE

HDIS128

Zogics Commercial Disinfectant Concentrate

1 gallon

AKHCA128

WaltzD Hypochlorous Acid RTU

1 gallon

AKHCA32

WaltzD Hypochlorous Acid RTU

32 oz.

MC120575

ND64 Neutral Commercial Disinfectant Concentrate

1 gallon

VO9128

Vital Oxide Commercial Disinfectant

1 gallon

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

Z800

VO9500 Antibacterial Wipes

800/rollVital

Oxide Commercial Disinfectant 4 rolls/case

5 gallons

Z1000

Wellness Center Wipes MC105036

1,150/roll A2Z

4 rolls/case Multi-Surface

1 gallon

MC105027

800/rollA2Z

Multi-Surface Disinfectant 4 rolls/case

Z2000 ZALC800

Sanitizing Wipes Alcohol Wipes

EZB900

2,000/roll

4 rolls/case

Disinfectant

EZ-Bleach Commercial Disinfecting Tablets

32 oz.

900/tub

Canisters & Flat Packs SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

ZALC150

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

ALCWIP

Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

50/pack

24 packs/case

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

143

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Cleaning Solutions

144

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

SIZE

CASE COUNT

CLNGPC32CN

General Purpose Cleaner

32 oz.

6/case

CLNGLC32CN

Non-Ammoniated Glass Cleaner

32 oz.

6/case

CLNNEC32CN

All Surface Neutral Cleaner

32 oz.

6/case

CLNREC32CN

Organic Acid Restroom Cleaner

32 oz.

6/case

CLNEZB128

Enzyme Enriched Floor Cleaner & Deodorizer 1 gallon

4/case

CLNBB32RU

Low Acid Toilet Bowl Cleaner

32 oz.

12/case

CLNRFC32CN

Rubber Floor Cleaner & Degreaser

32 oz.

6/case

CLNREC128CN

Rubber Floor Cleaner & Degreaser

1 gallon

4/case

# FACILITY SUPPLIES

Cleaning Tools # FACILITY SUPPLIES

Wipes Bulk Rolls

SKU

PRODUCT NAME

Z-DAS

Zogics Disinfectant Atomizing Sprayer

AF-DSP

Commercial Air Freshener Dispenser, Single-Fan

AF-DSP-DUAL

Commercial Air Freshener Dispenser, Single-Fan

AF-12

Natural Air Freshener Fragrance Squares*

7576 PRODUCT NAME

Z800

901 Antibacterial Wipes

5WIPE Gallon EZ Fill Container with Faucet COUNT CASE COUNT

Z1000

Wellness Center Wipes

1,150/roll

4 rolls/case

Z2000

Sanitizing Wipes

2,000/roll

4 rolls/case

ZALC800

Alcohol Wipes *Zogics

SKU

Disinfectant Gallon Pump 800/roll 4 rolls/case

800/roll 4 rolls/case Natural Air Freshener Fragrance Squares are available in these scents: citrus, grape, jasmine, tropicana, and vanilla.

Canisters & Flat Packs SKU

PRODUCT NAME

WIPE COUNT

CASE COUNT

ZS240

Sanitizing Wipes Canister

240/canister

6 canisters/case

ZALC150

Alcohol Wipes Canister

150/canister

12 canisters/case

ALCWIP

Alcosm Alcohol Wipe Flat Pack

50/pack

24 packs/case

See more at SquareRootBrands.com

145

PUSHING THE M U LT I P L I E R E F F E C T E V E R Y. S I N G L E . D AY.

SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM INFO@SQUAREROOTBRANDS.COM